WO2024036872A1 - Handheld instrument - Google Patents

Handheld instrument Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024036872A1
WO2024036872A1 PCT/CN2022/144022 CN2022144022W WO2024036872A1 WO 2024036872 A1 WO2024036872 A1 WO 2024036872A1 CN 2022144022 W CN2022144022 W CN 2022144022W WO 2024036872 A1 WO2024036872 A1 WO 2024036872A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
deflection
execution
joint
handheld instrument
rotating
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/144022
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
姜鹏
孔维阳
林晋生
Original Assignee
武汉联影智融医疗科技有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202211001531.3A external-priority patent/CN117628045A/en
Priority claimed from CN202211011347.7A external-priority patent/CN117653333A/en
Priority claimed from CN202211070433.5A external-priority patent/CN117679175A/en
Priority claimed from CN202211588340.1A external-priority patent/CN117643503A/en
Application filed by 武汉联影智融医疗科技有限公司 filed Critical 武汉联影智融医疗科技有限公司
Publication of WO2024036872A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024036872A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/28Surgical forceps
    • A61B17/29Forceps for use in minimally invasive surgery

Definitions

  • This specification relates to the field of medical devices, particularly a hand-held device.
  • Endoscopic minimally invasive surgery refers to drilling a hole in the natural orifice of the human body or the abdominal cavity, extending part of the instrument (such as a handheld instrument) into the body, and using the control structure of the instrument outside the body to control the actuator in the body to complete the surgical operation and achieve treatment.
  • Handheld instruments are instruments that are manually controlled by the operator to perform surgical operations, thereby achieving endoscopic minimally invasive surgery.
  • the actuator can be controlled to deflect and roll, and surgical operations such as shearing and clamping can be realized.
  • the embodiment of this specification provides a handheld instrument, including a control structure, a frame and an execution structure; the control structure is connected to the execution structure through the frame; the control structure includes a transmission structure and a control handle, and the control handle is connected to the control structure.
  • the execution structure is drivingly connected through the transmission structure.
  • the frame includes an attachment, and the attachment is connected to the control handle through the transmission structure.
  • the attachment includes an opening structure.
  • the opening structure is an arched opening structure.
  • the arched opening structure includes a C-shaped structure or a U-shaped structure.
  • the attachment is provided with at least one of an airbag, a flexible wristband, and a rigid bendable wristband.
  • the attachment includes a first clamping part, a second clamping part and a distance adjustment mechanism, the first clamping part and the second clamping part are used to clamp the wrist, so The distance adjustment mechanism is used to adjust the distance between the first clamping part and the second clamping part.
  • the frame includes a quick-change assembly to achieve detachable connection between the control structure and the execution structure.
  • the quick-change assembly includes a detachably connected power part and a driving part, the power part is connected to the control structure, and the driving part is connected to the execution structure.
  • the transmission structure includes a motion analysis component and a motion transmission component.
  • the motion analysis component is connected between the control handle and the frame.
  • the motion transmission component at least partially passes through the frame and the frame.
  • the execution structure is connected; the motion analysis component is used to analyze the operation of the control handle into a control motion and transfer it to the motion transfer component, and the motion transfer component transfers the control motion to the execution structure, thereby Control the movement of the execution structure.
  • the motion resolution component includes a parallel resolution mechanism.
  • the parallel analytical structure includes two chain belts, one end of the chain belt is connected to the motion transmission component through the attachment, and the other end of the chain belt is connected to the control handle. , the control operation of the control handle is transmitted to the attachment through the chain belt conversion, and is transmitted to the execution structure through the motion transmission assembly.
  • the motion resolution component includes a tandem resolution mechanism.
  • the series resolution mechanism includes a deflection portion that is rotationally connected to the frame.
  • control handle and the deflection part are rotationally connected through a first rotating shaft, and the first rotating shaft and the execution structure are transmission connected through the motion transmission component, and the control handle is connected relative to the The rotation of the deflection part is converted into a deflection of at least part of the actuating structure in the first direction.
  • the deflection part is rotationally connected to the frame through a second rotating shaft, and the second rotating shaft and the execution structure are drivingly connected through the motion transmission component, and the deflection part is connected relative to the frame.
  • the rotation is converted into at least part of the deflection of the execution structure in the second direction, and the angle between the first direction and the second direction is greater than 0° and less than 180°.
  • the first axis where the first rotation axis is located is perpendicular to and intersects with the second axis where the second rotation axis is located, and the axis of the execution structure deviates from the first axis and the second axis. intersection.
  • the execution structure includes a deflection segment, a distal actuator and a rod-shaped structure, one end of the rod-shaped structure is connected to one end of the deflection segment, and the other end of the rod-shaped structure is connected to the The frame is connected, and the distal actuator is connected to the other end of the deflection section; the deflection section is a flexible deflection joint.
  • control structure further includes a trigger, which is rotationally connected to the control handle through a fourth rotating shaft
  • remote effector includes a first execution part and a second execution part
  • first execution part At least part of the execution part and at least part of the second execution part are relatively opened and closed to implement the shearing and clamping operations of the distal effector
  • fourth rotating shaft is connected with the first execution part and/or the
  • the second execution part is transmission connected to convert the rotation of the trigger relative to the control handle into relative opening and closing of at least part of the first execution part and at least part of the second execution part.
  • the execution structure includes a curved structure
  • the curved structure includes a plurality of supports, a plurality of connectors and a plurality of rotating members
  • the connectors are connected to the supports
  • the connectors Both ends of the support member protrude from both sides of the support member respectively along the thickness direction of the support member, and both ends of the connector are provided with connection structures
  • the rotating member is provided with a fifth rotating shaft and a sixth rotating shaft.
  • Rotating axis; the fifth rotating axis and the sixth rotating axis have an included angle greater than 0° and less than or equal to 180°; a plurality of the supporting parts and the rotating parts are staggeredly arranged, and any two adjacent ones of the rotating parts are staggered.
  • One of the rotating parts is arranged between the supporting parts; the fifth rotating shaft of the rotating part is rotationally connected to the connecting structure of the connecting part on the previous supporting part, and/or, the rotating part
  • the sixth rotating shaft is rotatably connected to the connecting structure of the connecting piece on the rear supporting piece.
  • connection structure includes an excellent arc-shaped groove
  • side surfaces of the fifth rotating axis and the sixth rotating axis include a first arc surface, a first plane, and a second arc surface connected in sequence along the circumferential direction.
  • a second plane, the fifth rotating axis and the sixth rotating axis can be disposed in the excellent arc-shaped groove, and the distance between the first plane and the second plane is smaller than the excellent arc-shaped groove.
  • the distance between the two ports of the groove, the first arc surface and the second arc surface fit with the inner surface of the excellent arc groove.
  • the rotating member is cylindrical
  • the fifth rotating shaft and the sixth rotating shaft are both disposed on side surfaces of the rotating member
  • the distance between the first plane and the second plane is The distance is the same as the thickness of the rotating member.
  • the support member is provided with two connecting members; both ends of the fifth rotating shaft are respectively connected to the two connecting members; or, the two ends of the sixth rotating shaft are respectively connected to the two connecting members. Connected to the two connectors.
  • the connecting member is detachably connected to the supporting member.
  • the support member includes an annular structure, and the connecting member is connected inside the annular structure.
  • a through groove extends along the thickness direction of the support member on the inner side of the support member, and the connecting member can be snapped into and fixed in the through groove.
  • the connecting piece is provided with a first thickness section, a second thickness section and a third thickness section in sequence along the length direction of the connecting piece, and the first thickness section and the third thickness section are The thickness is greater than the thickness of the second thickness section; the second thickness section is stuck in the through groove, and the first thickness section and the third thickness section are respectively stuck in the support member along the support. on both sides in the thickness direction of the piece.
  • the rotating member is provided with a through hole, and the through hole penetrates the rotating member along a thickness direction of the rotating member.
  • the execution structure includes an articulation assembly
  • the articulation assembly includes an inner joint and an outer joint
  • the outer joint is sleeved outside the inner joint.
  • control handle is provided with a roll control component, and the roll control component is used to rotate the inner joint relative to the outer joint around the axis of the inner joint.
  • one of the inner joint and the outer joint is connected to a rotating member, and the other is provided with a deflection mechanism; the inner joint and the outer joint are connected to the rotating member.
  • the joint can roll around its own axis driven by the rotating member relative to the joint provided with the deflection mechanism; the joint provided with the deflection mechanism can roll around its own axis driven by the deflection mechanism. It performs a deflection motion and drives the joint connected with the rotating member to perform a deflection motion.
  • the inner joint is connected with the rotating member, and the outer joint is provided with the deflection mechanism.
  • the rotating member includes an inner tube
  • the deflection mechanism includes an outer tube and a wire rope; wherein the outer tube is sleeved outside the inner tube, and the inner tube can be driven relative to the desired position.
  • the outer tube performs rolling motion around its own axis.
  • the proximal end of the inner joint is connected to the distal end of the inner tube, and the proximal end of the outer joint is connected to the distal end of the outer tube; one end of the wire rope is fixed on the outer tube. The other end of the wire rope passes from the distal end of the outer joint to the proximal end of the outer tube.
  • a bearing connection is provided between the distal end of the inner joint and the distal end of the outer joint.
  • a barrier is provided between the inner joint and the outer joint, and the barrier includes a wear-resistant material.
  • the barrier is in the form of a tubular structure and is sleeved on the outside of the internal joint.
  • the outer joint is provided with a rigid member, and the rigid member is disposed on the outer joint along the length direction of the outer joint.
  • the handheld instrument provided by the embodiments of this specification provides a transmission structure between the control handle and the execution structure.
  • the transmission structure interprets the operation of the control handle into control motion and transmits it to the execution structure, so that the movement between the control handle and the execution structure can be achieved. Delivery is more accurate.
  • Figure 1A is a simple structural schematic diagram of a handheld instrument according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • Figure 1B is an exemplary structural diagram of a handheld instrument according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Figure 2 is an exemplary exploded view of a handheld device according to some embodiments of the present specification
  • Figure 3 is an exemplary structural diagram of a flexible wristband according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • Figure 4 is another exemplary structural diagram of an attachment according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • Figure 5 is an exemplary structural diagram of a quick-change assembly according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • Figure 6 is an exemplary structural diagram of an execution structure according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • Figure 7A is an exemplary structural diagram of another handheld instrument according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • Figure 7B is a schematic diagram of roll control of a handheld instrument according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • Figure 8 is a partial structural schematic diagram of a handheld instrument using parallel transmission according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a joint motion assembly according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic structural diagram of the inner joint and the outer joint after yaw movement according to some embodiments of this specification;
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of the connection between the internal joint and the rotating member according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of the connection between the outer joint and the outer tube according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an internal joint unit according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic structural diagram of an internal joint unit connector according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic structural diagram of an external joint unit according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • Figure 16 is an exemplary structural schematic diagram of a curved structure according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary connection structure of a curved structure according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary connection structure of a support member and a connecting member according to some embodiments of this specification;
  • Figure 19 is an exemplary structural schematic diagram of a connector shown according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • Figure 20 is an exemplary structural schematic diagram of a rotating member according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • Figure 21 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary assembly process of a curved structure according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • Figure 22 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary assembly process of a curved structure according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • Figure 23 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary assembly process of a curved structure according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • system means of distinguishing between different components, elements, parts, portions or assemblies at different levels.
  • said words may be replaced by other expressions if they serve the same purpose.
  • the embodiment of this specification provides a handheld instrument.
  • the handheld instrument may include a control structure, a frame and an execution structure.
  • the control structure is connected to the execution structure through the frame.
  • the function of the frame is to support the control structure and the execution structure, and to realize the connection between the control structure and the execution structure.
  • the control structure can control the execution structure to deflect, roll, open and close in different directions.
  • the control structure may include a transmission structure and a control handle, and the control handle and the execution structure are transmission connected through the transmission structure.
  • the transmission structure can be transmission connected between the control handle and the execution structure. The transmission structure can interpret the operation of the control handle into control motion and transmit it to the execution structure, thereby controlling the movement of the execution structure.
  • the handheld instrument provided by the embodiments of this specification provides a transmission structure between the control handle and the execution structure.
  • the transmission structure interprets the operation of the control handle into control motion and transmits it to the execution structure, so that the movement between the control handle and the execution structure can be achieved. Delivery is more accurate.
  • FIG. 1A is a simple structural schematic diagram of a handheld instrument according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • FIG. 1B is an exemplary structural diagram of a handheld instrument according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • Figure 2 is an exemplary exploded view of a handheld instrument according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the handheld instrument 100 may include a control structure 110 , a frame 160 and an execution structure 130 .
  • the frame 160 may be connected between the control structure 110 and the execution structure 130 .
  • the frame 160 can support the control structure 110 and the execution structure 130 and connect the control structure 110 and the execution structure 130 .
  • the control structure 110 may include a transmission structure and a control handle 113 .
  • the control handle 113 is transmission connected with the execution structure 130 through the transmission structure.
  • the frame 160 may also accommodate and support the transmission structure, for example, at least part of the transmission structure may be mounted on the frame 160 .
  • control operations of the control structure 110 can be transferred to the execution structure 130 to control the execution structure 130 to perform corresponding preset operations.
  • the control structure 110 may include a transmission structure and a control handle 113, and the control handle 113 and the execution structure 130 are transmission connected through the transmission structure.
  • the relative rotation between the components on the control handle 113 can be transmitted to the execution structure 130 through the transmission structure to control at least part of the execution structure 130 to move in a certain direction (for example, the first direction, the second direction). direction).
  • the relative rotation between the components on the control handle 113 can be transmitted to the execution structure 130 through the transmission structure to control at least part of the execution structure 130 to roll along the axis direction of the execution structure 130 . In some embodiments, the relative rotation between the components on the control handle 113 can be transmitted to the execution structure 130 through the transmission structure to control at least part of the execution structure 130 to be able to open and close relatively.
  • the control structure 110 may be a component or assembly through which an operator performs control operations.
  • the operator's control operation on the control structure 110 can be converted into at least part of the execution structure 130 to perform corresponding preset operations through the transmission structure.
  • the control structure 110 of the handheld instrument 100 can be fixed on the operator's wrist, and the operator can control the control structure 110 through hand and wrist movements, and then control the execution structure 130 through the transmission structure. control.
  • frame 160 may include attachments 112 .
  • Attachment 112 may be used to attach handheld instrument 100 in a location convenient for the operator.
  • handheld instrument 100 may be attached at the operator's hand or wrist via attachment 112 .
  • the attachment 112 includes an opening structure, which may be an arched opening structure.
  • the arched opening structure may have two ends, namely a first end 1111 and a second end 1112 (as shown in Figure 2). There may be an opening between the first end 1111 and the second end 1112 for penetrating into the wrist, and the attachment 112 may be located at the wrist when the handheld instrument 100 is used.
  • the wrist can be inserted directly into (and/or out of) the attachment 112 through the opening between the first end 1111 and the second end 1112 , to achieve wearing (and/or taking off) the handheld device 100 .
  • the arched opening structure of the attachment 112 may include a C-shaped, U-shaped, arc-shaped, or other semi-open structure with an opening.
  • the opening of the attachment 112 may be located at the bottom of the attachment 112 (as shown in FIGS. 1B and 2 ). In some embodiments, the opening of attachment 112 may also be located at other locations on attachment 112, such as on the side.
  • the position of the opening on the attachment 112 does not affect the arrangement of other structures (for example, the first rotating shaft 141, the second rotating shaft 142, etc.), and the opening of the attachment 112 can be located anywhere on the attachment 112. The location is not specifically limited in this manual.
  • the process of putting on and/or taking off the handheld instrument 100 can be made more convenient and faster, thereby facilitating the replacement of the instrument during the operation.
  • the structure of the attachment 112 to be semi-open, the operator can put on and/or take off the handheld instrument 100 with one hand. For example, the operator's hand or wrist can be directly removed from the attachment. 112 is inserted into the opening to complete the wearing process.
  • This arrangement can overcome the problem that existing closed-loop structure handheld instruments require both hands to operate or an assistant (such as a nurse) to assist in wearing.
  • the structure of the attachment 112 is set to be semi-open.
  • the attachment 112 When the attachment 112 is located at the wrist, it has less constraints on the wrist, thereby freeing up the movement space of the wrist and making it easier for the operator to perform operations. For example, when an operator wears the handheld instrument 100 for surgery, he needs to rotate his wrist to control the execution structure 130 of the handheld instrument 100 to perform the corresponding surgical operation. Since the semi-open attachment 112 has less constraints on the operator's wrist, The operator's wrist can be freed from the constraints of the attachment 112 when rotating, thereby reducing the operator's wrist fatigue, thus facilitating the operator's surgical operation.
  • the attachment 112 may also include a coupling member connected to two ends of the semi-open structure, and the coupling member is used to open and close the structure of the attachment 112 .
  • a coupling member connected to two ends of the semi-open structure, and the coupling member is used to open and close the structure of the attachment 112 .
  • one end of the coupling member can be rotatably connected to one end of the semi-open structure, and the other end of the coupling member is snap-connected to the other end of the semi-open structure.
  • attachment 112 is used to wear handheld instrument 100 on the wrist.
  • the attachment 112 may be provided with at least one of an air bag, a flexible wristband 1121, a rigid and flexible wristband, and the like.
  • the inner side of the attachment 112 may be provided with an airbag.
  • the airbag surrounds and adheres to the wrist, and the attachment 112 is fixed at the wrist through the airbag.
  • the inflation volume of the air bag can be adaptively adjusted according to the operator's wrist size, so that the attachment 112 can be fixed on the wrists of different operators.
  • the tightness of the attachment 112 when fixed on the wrist can also be adjusted by adjusting the inflation amount of the air bag, thereby improving the operator's operating experience and wearing comfort.
  • FIG 3 is an exemplary structural diagram of a flexible wristband according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • a flexible wristband 1121 may be provided on the inner side of the attachment 112 .
  • the flexible wristband 1121 may be a belt-like structure made of flexible material.
  • the flexible wristband 1121 may be a nylon cord, and the nylon cord may be tied around the wrist.
  • the flexible wristband 1121 may be a belt-shaped structure made of elastic material, and the elastic material may enable the flexible wristband 1121 to be more closely connected to the wrist.
  • the flexible wristband 1121 may include a fixation part 11211 and a deformation part 11212.
  • the flexible wristband 1121 is connected to the attachment 112 through the fixing part 11211.
  • the deformation part 11212 is connected to the peripheral side of the wrist.
  • the deformation part 11212 can undergo elastic deformation (for example, deformation after stretching) under the action of external force. After the deformation part 11212 is connected to the wrist, the deformation part 11212 can be realized under the action of elastic restoring force. Tightly connected to the wrist.
  • the soft material may include, but is not limited to, one or more of rubber materials, silicone materials, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), and the like.
  • a rigid flexible wrist strap may also be provided on the inner side of attachment 112 .
  • the rigid flexible wristband may be a strap-like structure made of rigid material.
  • at least a portion of the structure of the rigid flexible wristband may be fixedly connected to attachment 112 .
  • the middle part of the rigid flexible wristband is fixedly connected to the top of the inner side of the attachment 112, the remaining part of the rigid flexible wristband surrounds the inner circumferential side of the attachment 112, and both ends of the rigid flexible wristband Free settings.
  • a rigid flexible wristband made of rigid material can be deformed (eg, bent and deformed) under the action of external force, and can achieve attachment of the attachment 112 to the wrist when deformed.
  • the rigid flexible wristband can be bent by the wrist touching the rigid flexible wristband, and the rigid flexible wristband can be tightly attached to the wrist after being bent, thereby achieving the attachment of the attachment 112 to the wrist.
  • rigid bendable wristbands may include snap rings, steel wristbands, and the like.
  • the rigid material may include metal (such as memory alloy).
  • Figure 4 is another exemplary structural diagram of an attachment according to some embodiments of the present specification.
  • the attachment 112 may include a first clamping part 1122, a second clamping part 1123, and a distance adjustment mechanism 1124, and the distance adjustment mechanism 1124 may adjust the first clamping part 1122 and the second clamping part 1123 spacing between.
  • the distance adjustment structure 1124 may include components such as a gear rack and a worm gear.
  • the distance adjustment mechanism 1124 includes a gear and a rack
  • one of the gear and the rack is connected to the first clamping part 1122
  • the other is connected to the second clamping part 1123
  • the gear and the rack are engaged.
  • the first clamping portion 1122 and the second clamping portion 1123 may include a flexible structure 1125 (eg, a soft pad) that contacts the wrist when the handheld instrument 100 is in use.
  • the attachment 112 can be adapted to wrists of different sizes while also improving wearing comfort.
  • the attachment 112 may also be a ring-shaped structure that can be put on the wrist.
  • the operator's hand and wrist pass through the ring-shaped structure to wear it.
  • frame 160 may include quick change assembly 120 .
  • Figure 5 is an exemplary structural diagram of a quick-change assembly according to some embodiments of this specification. 1B, 2 and 5, the quick change assembly 120 may include a detachably connected power part 120-1 and a driving part 120-2.
  • the power part 120-1 is connected to the transmission structure of the control structure 110 (for example, the deflection part 111 below), and the driving part 120-2 is connected to the execution structure 130 (for example, the rod structure 133 below).
  • the power part 120-1 may include a first housing 121-1
  • the driving part 120-2 may include a second housing 121-2.
  • the first housing 121-1 can be provided on the transmission structure (for example, the deflection part 111 below), the second housing 121-2 can be provided on the first housing 121-1, and the second housing 121-2 is connected to the execution structure. Structure 130 connections.
  • the first housing 121-1 and the second housing 121-2 are detachably connected, whereby the execution structure 130 and the control structure 110 can be detachably connected.
  • the first housing 121-1 can package at least part of the structure of the power part 120-1
  • the second housing 121-2 can package at least part of the structure of the driving part 120-2.
  • the connection between the first housing 121-1 and the second housing 121-2 may be a detachable connection.
  • the first housing 121-1 and the second housing 121-2 may be connected by snapping.
  • the connection mode between the first housing 121-1 and the second housing 121-2 can be a detachable connection
  • the handheld instrument 100 can be easily disassembled and/or assembled, thereby facilitating the handheld instrument 100. Carry out operations such as cleaning, disinfection and sterilization.
  • the first housing 121-1 and the second housing 121-2 can also be connected through other means, such as spring hooks, etc.
  • at least part of the transmission structure can also pass through the frame 160 to realize the transmission connection between the control structure 110 and the execution structure 130 .
  • the motion transmission component of the transmission structure described below may at least partially pass through the power part 120-1 and the driving part 120-2.
  • the transmission structure can be used to realize the transmission connection between the control structure 110 (for example, the control handle 113) and the execution structure 130.
  • the control operation of the control handle 113 can be transmitted to the execution structure 130 through the transmission structure, so that the execution structure 130 performs corresponding operations.
  • the transmission structure may include a motion analysis component and a motion transmission component.
  • the motion analysis component may be connected between the control handle 113 and the frame 160 , and at least part of the motion transmission component passes through the frame 160 and is connected to the execution structure 130 .
  • the motion analysis component can be used to analyze the operation of the control handle 113 into a control motion and transmit it to the motion transmission component.
  • the motion transmission component can transmit the analyzed control motion to the execution structure 130, thereby controlling the movement of the execution structure 130.
  • the motion transfer assembly may include a rope drive assembly.
  • the rope transmission assembly may include a wire pulley, a transmission rope, a traction rope, etc.
  • the motion transmission assembly may include a rack and pinion, a worm gear, or the like.
  • the motion resolution component may include a tandem resolution mechanism.
  • a series analytical mechanism can refer to a series combination mechanism formed by the sequential connection of several mechanisms with a single degree of freedom. The output motion of each front mechanism is the motion input of the rear mechanism.
  • the series analysis mechanism can analyze the operation of the control handle 113 into series control motion. After the control operation of the control handle 113 is parsed into a series control movement by the series analysis mechanism, the series control movement can control the execution structure 130 to perform corresponding operations in sequence (for example, any one of deflection, rolling, opening and closing movements).
  • the execution structure 130 can first deflect, then roll based on the deflection, and finally perform an opening and closing movement.
  • the series resolution mechanism may include a deflection portion 111 rotatably connected to the frame 160 .
  • the deflection part 111 may have an arched opening structure.
  • the deflection part 111 is provided between the attachment 112 and the frame 160.
  • the attachment 112 is fixedly connected to the frame 160.
  • the motion transmission assembly (for example, a rope transmission assembly) ) at least partially passes through the frame 160, and the rotation operation of the deflection portion 111 relative to the frame 160 can be transmitted to the execution structure 130 through the motion transmission assembly.
  • control handle 113 is rotationally connected to the deflection portion 111 .
  • control handle 113 can be rotationally connected to the deflection portion 111 through the first rotating shaft 141 , and the first rotating shaft 141 is transmission connected to the execution structure 130 .
  • the control handle 113 can rotate relative to the deflection portion 111 , and the rotation of the control handle 113 relative to the deflection portion 111 can be transmitted to the execution structure 130 through the motion transmission component, so that at least part of the execution structure 130 moves in the first direction. deflection.
  • the deflection part 111 can analyze the rotation of the control handle 113 relative to the deflection part 111 into a first deflection control movement and transmit it to the motion transmission component. Furthermore, the first deflection control movement can be transmitted to the execution structure 130 through the motion transmission component, thereby controlling the execution. At least a portion of structure 130 is deflected in a first direction.
  • the first direction may be the "z" direction shown in Figure IB.
  • the deflection of at least part of the actuating structure 130 in the first direction may also be referred to as pitch deflection.
  • the first rotation axis 141 may be perpendicular to the first direction.
  • control handle 113 may include a connecting member 1131 , and the control handle 113 is rotationally connected to the deflection part 111 through the connecting member 1131 and the first rotating shaft 141 .
  • the connector 1131 may be a curved frame structure with two ends. At least part of the connecting member 1131 (eg, the middle position) may be fixedly connected to the control handle 113 , and two ends of the connecting member 1131 are connected to the deflection part 111 through the first rotating shaft 141 respectively.
  • the control handle 113 when the control handle 113 is controlled to rotate relative to the first rotating shaft 141 in the first direction, the control handle 113 can drive the first rotating shaft 141 to rotate through the connecting piece 1131, thereby realizing the rotation of the control handle 113 relative to the deflection portion 111.
  • the first rotating shaft 141 can be connected to the execution structure 130 through a motion transmission assembly, and the rotation of the first rotating shaft 141 (that is, the rotation of the control handle 113 relative to the deflection portion 111) can be transmitted to the execution structure 130 through the motion transmission assembly. , and causing at least part of the actuating structure 130 (eg, the deflection section 132) to deflect in the first direction.
  • the connecting member 1131 may also be a rod-shaped structure. One end of the rod-shaped structure is connected to the control handle 113 and the other end is rotationally connected to the first rotating shaft 141 . It should be noted that the above structure of the connecting member 1131 is only described as an example and is not intended to be limiting. In other embodiments, the connecting member 1131 may also include other structures, such as a "Y"-like structure.
  • the execution structure 130 is fixedly connected to the frame 160 (such as the quick change assembly 120).
  • the frame 160 is rotatably connected to the deflection part 111 .
  • the deflection portion 111 can be rotationally connected to the frame 160 through the second rotating shaft 142, and the second rotating shaft 142 is connected to the execution structure 130 through the motion transmission assembly.
  • the deflection part 111 can analyze the rotation of the deflection part 111 relative to the frame 160 into a second deflection control movement and transmit it to the motion transmission component.
  • the second deflection control movement can be transmitted to the execution structure 130 through the motion transmission component, thereby controlling the execution. At least part of structure 130 is deflected in the second direction.
  • the second direction may be the "y" direction shown in Figure IB.
  • the deflection of at least part of the execution structure 130 in the second direction may also be referred to as horizontal deflection.
  • the second axis of rotation 142 may be perpendicular to the second direction.
  • one end of the second rotating shaft 142 may be fixedly connected to the deflecting part 111 , and the deflecting part 111 is rotationally connected to the frame 160 through the second rotating shaft 142 .
  • the other end of the second rotating shaft 142 is drivingly connected to the execution structure 130 through a motion transmission assembly, and the rotation of the deflection portion 111 relative to the frame 160 can be converted into a deflection motion of the execution structure 130 .
  • the operator controls the control handle 113 so that the control handle 113 rotates relative to the second rotation axis 142 in the second direction, thereby driving the deflection part 111 to rotate relative to the frame 160 , the rotation of the deflection portion 111 relative to the frame 160 can be transmitted to the execution structure 130 through the motion transmission assembly, so that at least part of the execution structure 130 (eg, the deflection section 132) is deflected in the second direction.
  • the execution structure 130 eg, the deflection section 132
  • the first direction and the second direction may have an included angle greater than 0° and less than 180°. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 1B and FIG. 2 , the first direction and the second direction may be perpendicular. At least part of the execution structure 130 can be deflected in the first direction and the second direction, which can facilitate the handheld instrument 100 to perform operations on the surgical site at a suitable angle during surgery.
  • Figure 6 is an exemplary block diagram of an execution structure shown in accordance with some embodiments of this specification.
  • the execution structure 130 may include a distal effector 131 , a deflection section 132 and a rod-shaped structure 133 .
  • One end of the rod-shaped structure 133 is connected to one end of the deflection section 132, the other end of the rod-shaped structure 133 is connected to the frame 160 (such as the quick change assembly 120), and the remote actuator 131 is connected to the other end of the deflection section 132.
  • at least part of the deflection of the actuator structure 130 in the first and second directions may be a deflection of the deflection segment 132 in the first and second directions.
  • the first rotating shaft 141 can be connected to the deflection section 132 through a motion transmission assembly.
  • the motion transmission assembly can transmit the rotation of the first rotating shaft 141 (that is, the rotation of the control handle 113 relative to the deflection portion 111) to the deflection section. 132, causing the deflection section 132 to deflect in the first direction.
  • the motion transmission assembly may include a first deflection wire wheel and a first deflection traction cable.
  • the first deflection wire wheel is coaxially arranged with the first rotating shaft 141 , and one end of the first deflection traction cable is wound around the first deflection wire wheel.
  • the other end of the first deflection traction cable is connected to the deflection section 132 .
  • the first rotating shaft 141 rotates, it can drive the first deflection wire wheel to rotate.
  • the rotation of the first deflection wire wheel is transmitted to the deflection section 132 through the first deflection traction cable, thereby driving the deflection section 132 to deflect in the first direction.
  • the second rotating shaft 142 can be connected to the deflection section 132 through a motion transmission assembly, and the motion transmission assembly can transmit the rotation of the second rotating shaft 142 (that is, the rotation of the deflection portion 111 relative to the frame 160 ) to the deflection section 132 , causing the deflection section 132 to deflect in the second direction.
  • the motion transmission assembly may include a second deflection wire wheel and a second deflection traction cable.
  • the second deflection wire wheel is coaxially arranged with the second rotating shaft 142 , and one end of the second deflection traction cable is wound around the second deflection wire wheel.
  • the other end of the second deflection traction cable is connected to the deflection section 132 .
  • the second rotating shaft 142 rotates, it can drive the second deflection wire wheel to rotate.
  • the rotation of the second deflection wire wheel is transmitted to the deflection section 132 through the second deflection traction cable, thereby driving the deflection section 132 to deflect in the second direction.
  • deflection segment 132 may be a flexible deflection joint.
  • the flexible deflection joint can bend or rotate around its own axis to drive the execution structure 130 to perform deflection or rotational motion.
  • the flexible deflection joint may include a snake bone structure. More information about the deflection section 132 can be found elsewhere in this specification, for example, the relevant descriptions of Figures 9-23.
  • the first rotation axis 141 is formed by the rotational connection between the connecting piece 1131 and the deflection part 111
  • the second rotation axis 142 is formed by the rotational connection between the deflection part 111 and the frame 160 .
  • the first rotation axis 141 and The second rotating axes 142 are perpendicular and intersecting.
  • the combination of this structure and the connection method between the structures can be called a double-joint series transmission mechanism.
  • the double-joint series transmission mechanism can decompose and convert the motion of the control handle 113 into the rotation of two rotating shafts (ie, the first rotating shaft 141 and the second rotating shaft 142 ), and use the rotation of the two rotating shafts to drive the control execution structure 130 deflection movement.
  • the attachment 112 may be an optional component, that is, the handheld instrument 100 may not include the attachment 112 .
  • Figure 7A is an exemplary structural diagram of another handheld instrument according to some embodiments of the present specification. The handheld instrument shown in FIG. 7A differs from the handheld instrument 100 shown in FIG. 1B in that the handheld instrument shown in FIG. 7A does not include an attachment 112.
  • the handheld instrument is not attached to the wrist. Then, the operator directly controls the operation of the handheld instrument by holding the control handle 113. In some embodiments, the operator can control the rotation of the first rotating shaft 141 and the second rotating shaft 142 by holding the control handle 113 so that the deflecting portion 111 does not contact the wrist, thereby controlling the deflection of the deflecting section 132 . It can be understood that when a double-joint series transmission mechanism is used to achieve transmission between the control handle 113 and the execution structure 130, the attachment 112 is an unnecessary component, because the control handle 113 can support the handheld instrument through the double-joint series transmission mechanism. .
  • the deflection of the deflection section 132 in both the first direction and the second direction can be achieved by a wire wheel and a traction cable.
  • the connection position of the traction cable and the deflection section 132 can be set to control the deflection section 132 . deflection direction.
  • the connection position between the two ends of the first traction rope and the deflection section 132 can be at a position where the deflection section 132 is symmetrical in the first direction
  • the connection position between the two ends of the second traction rope and the deflection section 132 can be at a position where the deflection section 132 is symmetrical in the first direction. symmetrical position in the second direction.
  • the distal effector 131 is connected to the deflection section 132.
  • the deflection section 132 deflects in the first direction and/or the second direction, it can drive the distal effector 131 to move in the first direction and/or the second direction.
  • the distal effector 131 can be deflected in the direction so that the distal effector 131 can perform operations on the surgical site at a suitable angle.
  • the connection between the other end of the rod-shaped structure 133 (the end away from the deflection section 132 ) and the frame 160 may be a detachable connection.
  • the execution structure 130 because the execution structure 130 needs to be extended into the patient's body to perform surgical operations during the operation, the execution structure 130 is not allowed to be reused. That is, the execution structure 130 is a disposable product, and the handheld instrument 100 Other components, such as frame 160 and control structure 130, are reusable. Based on this, the execution structure 130 and the frame 160 can be detachably connected.
  • the execution structure 130 can be detached from the handheld instrument 100 to ensure that the frame 160 and The control structure 130 is reused, thereby saving costs.
  • the first housing 121-1 and the second housing of the quick-change assembly 120 shown in FIG. 5 can also be connected between the other end of the rod-shaped structure 133 (the end away from the deflection section 132) and the frame 160.
  • the body 121-2 realizes detachable connection. For details, see Figure 5 and its related description, which will not be described again here.
  • control handle 113 may be provided with a roll control assembly, and the roll control assembly is used to rotate the distal effector 131 of the execution structure 130 around the axis of the deflection section 132 .
  • the rolling control assembly may include a roller 114 , which is rotationally connected to the control handle 113 through a third rotating shaft 143 , and the third rotating shaft 143 is drivingly connected to the execution structure 130 .
  • the roller 114 can rotate relative to the control handle 113, and the rotation of the roller 114 relative to the control handle 113 can be transmitted to the distal actuator 131 of the execution structure 130 through the motion transmission assembly, and causes the distal actuator 131 to rotate around The deflection section 132 rotates in the axial direction.
  • the rotation of the distal effector 131 around the axis direction of the deflection segment 132 may also be referred to as rolling.
  • the axis direction of the deflection section 132 is parallel to the “x” direction shown in FIG. 1B.
  • the axis of the deflection section 132 may be an arc, and the axis of the deflection section 132 may be approximately an arc with the center points of the two ends of the deflection section 132 as endpoints.
  • the curvature of the arc is equal to the curvature of the deflected deflection segment 132 .
  • the roller 114 when using the handheld instrument 100, can be controlled to rotate relative to the control handle 113 through hand movements, and the rotation of the roller 114 can drive the third rotating shaft 143 to rotate.
  • the motion transmission component can convert the rotation of the roller 114 relative to the control handle 113 (that is, the rotation of the third rotating shaft 143 ) into the rotation of the distal effector 131 around the axis direction of the deflection section 132 .
  • the deflection section 132 may include an inner joint 1321 and an outer joint 1322 .
  • the outer joint 1322 is sleeved outside the inner joint 1321 .
  • the end of the outer joint 1322 away from the distal actuator 131 is connected to the rod-shaped structure 133 connection, the end of the inner joint 1321 away from the rod-shaped structure 133 is connected to the distal actuator 131, the third rotating shaft 143 is connected to the inner joint 1321 through the motion transmission component, and the inner joint 1321 can rotate relative to the outer joint 1322 on the axis of the deflection section 132 , so that the distal effector 131 rotates around the axis of the deflection section 132 .
  • the roller 114 when the roller 114 rotates relative to the control handle 113, it can drive the third rotating shaft 143 to rotate.
  • the third rotating shaft 143 is connected to the internal joint 1321 through a motion transmission assembly, and the motion transmission assembly can connect the third rotating shaft 143 to the internal joint 1321.
  • the rotation of the rotating shaft 143 is transmitted to the inner joint 1321 , causing the inner joint 1321 to rotate relative to the outer joint 1322 on the axis of the deflection section 132 , thereby causing the distal effector 131 to rotate around the axis of the deflection section 132 .
  • FIG. 7B For more description on transmitting the operation of the roller 114 to the inner joint 1321 through the motion transmission assembly.
  • the first rotating shaft 141 and/or the second rotating shaft 142 can be connected to each other through a motion transmission assembly (for example, a first deflection wire wheel and a first deflection traction cable, a second deflection wire wheel and a second deflection traction cable).
  • the outer joint 1322 is connected, and the motion transmission component can transmit the rotation of the first rotating shaft 141 and/or the second rotating shaft 142 to the outer joint 1322, and cause the outer joint 1322 to deflect in the first direction and/or the second direction.
  • the inner joint 1321 may be assembled from multiple sets of universal joint links through series components, and the inner joint 1321 may passively rotate with the outer joint 1322 . More descriptions about the deflection section 132 and the internal and external joints can be found elsewhere in this specification, for example, Figures 9-23 and their related descriptions.
  • the first axis where the first rotation axis 141 is located and the second axis where the second rotation axis 142 is located may be perpendicular and intersect.
  • the first axis where the first rotating shaft 141 is located may refer to an extension of the first rotating shaft 141 .
  • the first axis where the first rotation axis 141 is located may be parallel to the "y" direction shown in FIG. 1B.
  • the second axis where the second rotating shaft 142 is located may refer to an extension of the second rotating shaft 142 .
  • the second axis where the second rotation axis 142 is located may be parallel to the “z” direction shown in FIG. 1B .
  • the first axis and the second axis are perpendicular and intersect, and the intersection point is point A (as shown in Figure 2).
  • the intersection point A of the first axis and the second axis may be approximately located at the center of the wrist (ie, the center of the wrist). It can also be understood that the intersection point A of the first axis and the second axis coincides or substantially coincides with the center of the wrist. By setting the intersection point A of the first axis and the second axis to substantially coincide with the center of the wrist, the operator can achieve intuitive control of the handheld instrument 100 .
  • the axis of the rod-shaped structure 133 may be offset from the intersection point A of the first axis and the second axis. In some embodiments, the axis of rod-shaped structure 133 may be located above intersection point A. That is, the axis of the rod-shaped structure 133 is located above the wrist. In some embodiments, the surgical space can be approximated as a vertebral space (for example, a depth of 250 mm and a taper of 90 degrees). By locating the control handle 113 below the axis of the rod-like structure 133, the operator's arm lifting can be reduced. probability, thus helping to reduce operator fatigue. At the same time, by setting the control handle 113 not to be directly connected to the execution structure 130, the bending stress of the traction cable of the motion transmission assembly can be reduced, thereby reducing losses and increasing transmission efficiency and traction cable life.
  • a vertebral space for example, a depth of 250 mm and a taper of 90 degrees
  • intersection point A can also be set to be located on a straight line where the axis of the rod-shaped structure 133 is located, which can also enable the operator to achieve intuitive control of the handheld instrument 100 .
  • the control structure 110 may also include a trigger 115 .
  • the trigger 115 is rotationally connected to the control handle 113 through a fourth rotating shaft 144 .
  • the remote actuator 131 may include a first execution part. 1311 and the second execution part 1312. At least part of the first execution part 1311 and at least part of the second execution part 1312 are relatively opened and closed to realize the shearing and clamping operations of the distal effector 131.
  • the fourth rotating shaft 144 is connected with the first execution part 1311.
  • the first execution part 1311 and/or the second execution part 1312 are connected to convert the rotation of the trigger 115 relative to the control handle 113 into the relative opening and closing of at least part of the first execution part 1311 and at least part of the second execution part 1312.
  • the trigger 115 when using the handheld instrument 100, can be controlled to rotate relative to the control handle 113 through hand movements, and the rotation of the trigger 115 can drive the fourth rotating shaft 144 to rotate.
  • the motion transmission component can convert the rotation of the trigger 115 relative to the control handle 113 (that is, the rotation of the fourth rotating shaft 144) into the relative opening and closing of the front end of the first execution part 1311 and the front end of the second execution part 1312.
  • the motion transmission assembly may include an execution wire wheel and an execution traction cable.
  • the execution wire wheel is coaxially arranged with the fourth rotating shaft 144 , one end of the execution traction cable is wound around the execution wire wheel, and the other end of the execution traction cable Connected to the remote effector 131 (the first execution part 1311 and/or the second execution part 1312).
  • the fourth rotating shaft 144 rotates, it can drive the execution wire wheel to rotate.
  • the rotation of the execution wire wheel is transmitted to the remote effector 131 through the execution traction cable, thereby driving the remote effector 131 to perform corresponding operations, such as shearing and clamping.
  • the front end of the first execution part 1311 and/or the second execution part 1312 may refer to the free end of the first execution part 1311 and/or the second execution part 1312, that is, the first execution part 1311 and/or the second execution part 1312 are far away from each other.
  • One end of the deflection section 132 For example, when the trigger 115 is pulled, the front end of the first execution part 1311 and the front end of the second execution part 1312 can be controlled to open relatively; when the trigger 115 is released, the front end of the first execution part 1311 and the front end of the second execution part 1312 can be controlled to open. The front end is relatively closed.
  • the front end of the first execution part 1311 and the front end of the second execution part 1312 can perform opening and closing operations, thereby realizing the shearing and/or clamping operation of the distal effector 131.
  • the distal effector 131 may include, but is not limited to, needle-holding forceps, grasping forceps, scissors, electric clippers, closure devices, and the like.
  • the fourth rotating shaft 144 may be transmission-connected with the first execution part 1311 and the second execution part 1312 respectively. In this arrangement, both the first execution part 1311 and the second execution part 1312 can move, and the shearing and/or clamping operations of the distal effector 131 are performed by the movement of the first execution part 1311 and the second execution part 1312 to fulfill.
  • the fourth rotating shaft 144 may also be transmission connected with one of the first execution part 1311 and the second execution part 1312.
  • the fourth rotating shaft 144 is connected to the first execution part 1311 through the quick change assembly 120 and is not connected to the second execution part 1312. The front end of the first executing part 1311 can be driven by the fourth rotating shaft 144 and the motion transmission component.
  • the motion transmission component can realize motion transmission between the control structure 110 and the execution structure 130, so that the control operation of the control structure 110 can control the execution structure 130 to perform corresponding actions.
  • the deflection section 132 is controlled to deflect pitch in a first direction, and/or deflect horizontally in a second direction.
  • the remote effector 131 is controlled to roll around the axis of the deflection section 132, and/or the first execution part 1311 and the second execution part 1312 of the remote effector 131 are controlled to open and close relative to each other.
  • the motion transmission component can transmit the control operation of the control structure 110 to the execution structure 130 through transmission methods such as wire wheels, traction ropes, worm gears, and gears.
  • the distal effector 131 may also include an execution part, and the type and number of the execution part may be set according to the requirements of the surgical operation.
  • Figure 7B is a schematic diagram of roll control of a handheld instrument according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • the motion transfer assembly may include a first wire pulley 121 , a second wire pulley 122 , and a pulling cable 123 .
  • the first wire wheel 121 and the third rotating shaft 143 are coaxially arranged.
  • the second wire wheel 122 is coaxially arranged with the axis of the rod-shaped structure 133, and is connected to the inner joint 1321 through the inner rod 1331 of the rod-shaped structure 133.
  • the traction cable 123 is wound around the first wire wheel 121 and the second wire wheel 122 .
  • the third rotating shaft 143 can drive the first reel 121 to rotate, and the rotation of the first reel 121 can drive the second reel 122 through the traction cable 123.
  • the rotation of the second wire wheel 122 can drive the inner joint 1321 to rotate around the axis direction of the deflection section 132 through the inner rod 1331, thereby causing the distal actuator 131 to roll.
  • the control operation of the control structure 110 is transmitted to the execution structure 130 through the motion transmission component to control the execution structure 130 to perform deflection (such as horizontal deflection, pitch deflection) and clamping and shearing operations, which have been described above. No longer.
  • the motion resolution component may include a parallel resolution mechanism.
  • a parallel analytical mechanism may refer to a parallel combined mechanism formed by two mechanisms connected through at least two independent kinematic chains, having two or more degrees of freedom and driven in parallel.
  • the parallel analysis mechanism can analyze the operation of the control handle 113 into a parallel control motion mechanism. After the control operation of the control handle 113 is parsed into a parallel control movement by the parallel analysis mechanism, the parallel control movement can control the execution structure 130 to perform corresponding operations (for example, any combination of deflection, roll, opening and closing, etc.).
  • the execution structure 130 can simultaneously perform at least two operations of deflection, rolling, and opening and closing movements.
  • the handheld instrument can not only realize the control operation of the control structure through the deflection portion described above, control the execution structure to perform corresponding actions, that is, the series transmission method, but also can use other methods (for example, chain belts).
  • Implementation, for example, parallel transmission is a partial structural diagram of a handheld instrument using a parallel transmission method according to some embodiments of this specification. Referring to Figure 8, in some embodiments, the parallel resolution mechanism may include two chain belts 150.
  • One end of the chain belt 150 is connected to the motion transmission assembly through the attachment 112, and the other end of the chain belt 150 is connected to the control handle 113.
  • the control operation of the control handle 113 is transferred to the attachment 112 through the chain belt 150 and transferred to the execution structure 130 through the motion transmission assembly (not shown in FIG. 8 ).
  • the chain belt 150 can parse the control operation of the control handle 113 (for example, the rotation relative to the attachment 112) into a parallel control motion and transmit it to the motion transmission assembly. Further, the parallel control motion can be transmitted through motion.
  • the components are passed to the execution structure 130, thereby controlling the execution structure 130 to perform an operation (eg, one of deflection, roll, opening and closing, or any combination thereof).
  • a bearing may be provided between the chain belt 150 and the attachment 112 , and the bearing is located between the frame 160 and the attachment 112 and configured to slide or roll.
  • the end of the chain belt 150 connected to the attachment 112 can slide or roll through the bearing, and further , the movement of the chain belt 150 (such as sliding or rolling) can be transmitted to the execution structure 130 through a motion transmission component (such as a rope transmission component), and causes the execution structure 130 to perform corresponding operations.
  • a motion transmission component such as a rope transmission component
  • one end of the two chain straps 150 connected to the control handle 113 intersects, one end of the two chain straps 150 connected to the attachment 112 is spaced apart, and is symmetrically arranged on both sides of the frame 160, so that the two chain straps 150 intersect.
  • the two rotational axes formed between the belt 150 and the attachment 112 are arranged at an angle to each other (ie, not parallel).
  • attachment 112 contacts the wrist and may provide support for handheld instrument 100 .
  • the structure of the attachment 112 may be configured as semi-open, so as to make the process of putting on and/or taking off the handheld instrument 100 more convenient and faster, thereby facilitating the replacement of the instrument during the operation.
  • the operator can put on and/or take off the handheld instrument 100 with one hand.
  • the operator's hand or wrist can be directly removed from the attachment.
  • 112 is inserted into the opening to complete the wearing process.
  • This arrangement can overcome the problem that existing closed-loop structure handheld instruments require both hands to operate or an assistant (such as a nurse) to assist in wearing.
  • the structure of the attachment 112 is set to be semi-open.
  • the attachment 112 When the attachment 112 is located at the wrist, it has less constraints on the wrist, thereby freeing up the movement space of the wrist and making it easier for the operator to perform operations.
  • the semi-open attachment 112 Since the semi-open attachment 112 has less constraints on the operator's wrist, the operation is easier. The operator's wrist can be freed from the constraints of the attachment 112 when rotating, thereby reducing the operator's wrist fatigue, thereby facilitating the operator's surgical operation.
  • the handheld instrument 100 can also implement parallel transmission between the control structure and the execution structure through other structures.
  • other structures for example, flexible connectors.
  • the handheld instrument 100 may also include an electric control device (eg, a motor), which can enable the execution structure 130 to automatically perform corresponding operations, thereby reducing the operator's hand or wrist movements.
  • the handheld instrument 100 may include one or more motors, and the one or more motors are respectively disposed on corresponding rotating shafts (for example, the first rotating shaft 141, the second rotating shaft 142, the third rotating shaft 143, and the fourth rotating shaft).
  • a corresponding number of one or more control buttons can be provided on the control handle 113 (that is, the number of motors corresponds to the control buttons one-to-one), and the multiple control buttons control the operation of the corresponding motor respectively. This enables automatic control of the execution structure 130 .
  • the handheld instrument 100 may include a first deflection motor disposed at the position of the first rotating shaft 141, and a first deflection button is provided correspondingly on the control handle 113. Operating the first deflection button can control the operation of the first deflection motor, thereby controlling The actuating structure is deflected in the first direction.
  • the handheld instrument 100 may include a second deflection motor disposed at the position of the second rotating shaft 142, and a second deflection button is correspondingly provided on the control handle 113. Operating the second deflection button can control the operation of the second deflection motor, thereby The control execution structure is deflected in the second direction.
  • the handheld instrument 100 may include a roll motor disposed at the position of the third rotating shaft 143, and a roll button is correspondingly provided on the control handle 113. Operating the roll button can control the work of the roll motor, thereby controlling the execution structure. Roll.
  • the handheld instrument 100 may include an execution motor disposed at the position of the fourth rotating shaft 144, and an execution button is correspondingly provided on the control handle 113. Operating the execution button can control the operation of the execution motor, thereby controlling the execution structure to perform surgical operations, such as Cutting, clamping, etc.
  • the distal actuator of the execution structure generally includes four actions: opening and closing, rolling, pitch deflection, and horizontal deflection. Each of these four movements can be driven by a pulling cable.
  • the traction cable can be connected in series to the joint that controls the movement of the distal actuator, and the distal actuator can be controlled to perform corresponding actions by pulling or releasing the traction cable.
  • the rotational movement (i.e., roll) and yaw movement (i.e., pitch deflection and horizontal deflection) of the remote actuator are ) is coupled.
  • the operator needs to control the entire surgical instrument to rotate in order to control the distal actuator to rotate. This will cause the result of the deflection motion of the distal actuator (for example, the deflection direction) to change, and will Increasing the operator's operating space outside the patient's body will also increase the movement space of the distal actuator inside the patient's body. When the lesion is in some special positions, it is difficult for the distal actuator to reach, increasing the burden on the operator.
  • a joint motion component that is, the deflection section above
  • the distal actuator also called the execution end
  • the execution end can It performs rotational movement relative to another joint driven by the joint connected to it, and the joint connected to the execution end can passively perform deflection movement driven by the other joint, so that the execution end can rotate at the joint connected to it.
  • the yaw movement is carried out under the guidance of the yaw movement, thereby achieving the decoupling between the rotational movement and the yaw movement of the execution end, that is, the execution end will not yaw when performing rotational movement, or will not rotate when performing yawing movement.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a joint motion assembly according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic structural diagram of the inner joint and the outer joint after the yaw movement according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • the execution structure may include articulation assembly 300.
  • the joint motion assembly 300 includes an inner joint 310 and an outer joint 320 that is sleeved on the outside of the inner joint 310 .
  • one of the inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320 is connected to a rotating member 330, and the other is provided with a deflection mechanism 340.
  • the joints connected to the rotating member 330 in the inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320 can rotate around their own axis relative to the joint provided with the deflection mechanism 340 under the driving of the rotating member 330.
  • the inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320 are provided with The joints of the deflection mechanism 340 can be driven by the deflection mechanism 340 to perform deflection movements, and drive the joints connected to the rotating member 330 to passively perform deflection movements.
  • the yaw movement of the inner joint 310 and/or the outer joint 320 may refer to the swing of the inner joint 310 and/or the outer joint 320 in its radial direction (or referred to as bending), such as the horizontal deflection and pitch deflection described above.
  • the joint connected to the rotating member 330 among the inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320 can perform both rotational motion and yawing motion, and the rotational motion and yawing motion of the joint are decoupled, that is, the joint When one joint performs rotational motion, the other joint does not perform rotational motion at the same time. Further, when the joint provided with the deflection mechanism 340 swings in a certain direction and a certain angle under the driving of the deflection mechanism 340, the joint connected to the rotating member 330 swings in the same direction and the same angle, the joint connected to the rotating member 330 will The rotational movement driven by the rotating member 330 will not affect the swing direction and angle of the joint.
  • the deflection motion of the joint connected to the rotating member 330 of the inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320 is driven by another joint (that is, the joint provided with the deflection mechanism 340), that is, the joint connected to the rotating member 330
  • the yaw motion of a joint passively adapts to the yaw motion of another joint. Therefore, as long as the yaw direction and yaw angle of the other joint do not change, the rotational motion of the joint connected to the rotating member 330 around its own axis will not change. It will change its deflection direction and deflection angle.
  • the joint motion assembly 300 when used in a handheld instrument to control the movement of the execution end (that is, the distal effector), the joint in the joint motion assembly 300 that is connected to the rotating member 330 can be connected to the execution end. connection to drive the execution end to rotate and yaw, so that the rotation and yaw motion of the execution end are uncoupled, thereby reducing the movement space required for the execution end and reducing the need for manual operation when surgical instruments are used.
  • the operator's operating space facilitates the execution end to reach a special position and reduces the operator's operating burden.
  • the design difficulty of the structure and algorithm of the surgical robot can be reduced.
  • the inner joint 310 may be connected with a rotating member 330
  • the outer joint 320 may be provided with a deflection mechanism 340 .
  • the inner joint 310 can rotate around its own axis relative to the outer joint 320 under the driving of the rotating member 330.
  • the outer joint 320 can perform a yaw movement under the driving of the yaw mechanism 340, and drives the inner joint 310 to perform a yaw motion.
  • the inner joint 310 is capable of uncoupled rotational motion and yawing motion.
  • the inner joint 310 can be connected to the execution end, so that the execution end can perform uncoupled rotational motion and yaw motion.
  • the outer joint 320 may be connected with a rotating member 330 , and the inner joint 310 may be provided with a deflection mechanism 340 .
  • the outer joint 320 can rotate around its own axis relative to the inner joint 310 driven by the rotating member 330.
  • the inner joint 310 can perform a yaw motion driven by the yaw mechanism 340, and drive the outer joint 320 to perform a yaw motion.
  • the outer joint 320 is capable of uncoupled rotational and yawing movements.
  • the outer joint 320 can be connected to the execution end, so that the execution end can perform uncoupled rotational motion and yaw motion.
  • the inner joint 310 is connected to the rotating member 330, and the outer joint 320 is provided with the deflection mechanism 340.
  • this description will mainly refer to the joints shown in Figure 9.
  • the inner joint 310 shown is connected to the rotating member 330, and the outer joint 320 is provided with a deflection mechanism 340 of the joint movement assembly 300 for detailed description.
  • the joint motion components in which the outer joint 320 is connected to the rotating member 330 and the inner joint 310 is provided with a deflection mechanism 340 please refer to FIG. 9 where the inner joint 310 is connected to the rotating member 330 and the outer joint 320 is provided with a deflection mechanism. Description of the articulation component 300 of the mechanism 340.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of the connection between the internal joint and the rotating member according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of the connection between the outer joint and the outer tube according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • the rotating member 330 may include an inner tube 331
  • the deflection mechanism 340 may include an outer tube 341 and a wire rope 342 .
  • the outer tube 341 is sleeved outside the inner tube 331 , and the inner tube 331 can be driven to rotate relative to the outer tube 341 around its own axis.
  • the proximal end of the inner joint 310 can be connected to the distal end of the inner tube 331 , so that when the inner tube 331 is driven to rotate relative to the outer tube 341 around its own axis, it can drive the inner joint 310 .
  • the joint 310 rotates around its own axis relative to the outer joint 320, thereby driving the execution end connected to the inner joint 310 to roll.
  • the distal end of the inner tube 331 may be connected to the proximal end of the inner joint 310 through clamping, welding, gluing, or other connection methods.
  • the proximal end of the outer joint 320 may be connected to the distal end of the outer tube 341 .
  • the distal end of the outer tube 341 can be connected to the proximal end of the outer joint 320 through clamping, welding, threading, gluing, or other connection methods.
  • the outer joint 320 can be driven to perform a yaw movement by pulling the wire rope 342 .
  • one end of the steel wire rope 342 can be fixed at the distal end of the outer joint 320, and the other end of the steel wire rope 342 passes from the distal end of the outer joint 320 to the proximal end of the outer tube 341.
  • the outer joint 320 By pulling the other end of the wire rope 342, the outer joint 320 can be driven to perform a deflection movement (or bending) toward the side where the wire rope 342 is located (for example, in the direction A shown in Figure 12). 310 can passively adapt to the yaw motion of the outer joint 320, so that it can perform the yaw motion in the same yaw direction as the outer joint 320.
  • one end of the wire rope 342 may be provided with a fixed terminal 3421, and the distal end of the outer joint 320 may be provided with a mounting slot 3201 adapted to the fixed terminal 3421.
  • the number of steel wire ropes 342 may be multiple, for example, two, four, etc.
  • the outer joint 320 can perform deflection motion in multiple directions.
  • the number of steel wire ropes 342 may be two. One ends of the two steel wire ropes 342 are respectively fixed on both radial sides of the distal end of the outer joint 320 . That is, the two steel wire ropes 342 are opposite to each other in the radial direction of the outer joint 320 .
  • Pulling the other ends of the two wire ropes 342 can drive the outer joint 320 to perform yaw motion in two different directions (for example, the first direction and the second direction mentioned above).
  • pulling the other ends of the two steel wire ropes 342 respectively can drive the outer joint 320 to perform deflection movements in the A direction and the A' direction in Figure 12 respectively.
  • the number of steel wire ropes 342 may be four.
  • One ends of two of the four steel wire ropes 342 may be respectively fixed on both sides of the first radial direction of the distal end of the outer joint 320 , and one ends of the other two may be fixed respectively.
  • the first radial direction and the second radial direction may be any two mutually perpendicular radial directions in the distal end of the outer joint 320 .
  • the outer joint 320 can be driven to perform deflection movements in four different directions, for example, in the A direction, A' direction, B direction and B' direction in Figure 12 respectively. yaw movement in the direction.
  • the A direction, A' direction, B direction and B' direction are parallel to the radial direction of the distal end of the outer joint 320.
  • the A direction and the A' direction are parallel to the first radial direction
  • the B direction and the B' direction are parallel to the second radial direction. Radially parallel.
  • proximal end and distal end involved in this specification may respectively refer to the handheld instrument and the joint movement assembly 300 as well as the components or components thereof when the handheld instrument with the joint movement assembly 300 is operated.
  • the inner joint 310, the outer joint 320, etc. have one end close to the operator and an end far away from the operator respectively.
  • a bearing connection 350 may be provided between the distal end of the inner joint 310 and the distal end of the outer joint 320 .
  • the bearing connector 350 can not only be used to connect the inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320, so that the yaw motion of the outer joint 320 can drive the inner joint 310 to yaw motion together, but can also reduce the gap between the inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320.
  • the friction force enables the inner joint 310 to rotate around its own axis relative to the outer joint 320, preventing the outer joint 320 from being driven by the inner joint 310 to also rotate.
  • the bearing connector 350 may include rolling bearings such as deep groove ball bearings, angular contact ball bearings, aligning ball bearings, thrust ball bearings, needle roller bearings, and the like.
  • the bearing connection 350 may also include a sliding bearing.
  • the rolling bearing may include a bearing outer ring and a bearing inner ring, and rolling elements (for example, balls, needle rollers, etc.) installed between the bearing outer ring and the bearing inner ring. ), the bearing outer ring and the bearing inner ring can be connected to the distal ends of the outer joint 320 and the inner joint 310 respectively, thereby connecting the distal ends of the outer joint 320 and the inner joint 310 together.
  • the inner ring of the bearing can be sleeved on the outside of the distal end of the inner joint 310
  • the distal end of the outer joint 320 can be sleeved on the outside of the outer ring of the bearing, thereby connecting the distal ends of the outer joint 320 and the inner joint 310 . ends connected together.
  • the inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320 can be connected, which is conducive to one joint being able to drive the other joint to perform a yaw movement, and can It is ensured that when one joint performs rotational motion relative to the other joint, the other joint will not rotate, which is beneficial to the decoupling of the terminal rotational motion and the yaw motion.
  • the internal joint 310 may include at least two serially connected internal joint units 311 .
  • two adjacent inner joint units 311 of at least two series-connected inner joint units 311 may be connected through an inner joint unit connector 312 .
  • Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an internal joint unit according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic structural diagram of an internal joint unit connector according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • two receiving portions 3111 are respectively provided at both ends of the inner joint unit 311 .
  • the connection line between the two receiving parts 3111 at the same end is parallel to the radial direction of the inner joint unit 311, and the connection line between the two receiving parts 3111 at one end (for example, the distal end) of the inner joint unit 311 is parallel.
  • the inner joint unit connector 312 may include four protrusions 3121 . Wherein, the included angle between two adjacent protruding parts 3121 among the four protruding parts 3121 and the center of the inner joint unit connector 312 is 90°.
  • the protruding part 3121 may be configured in a cylindrical shape, and the receiving part may be configured in an arc-shaped groove adapted to the cylindrical shape of the protruding part 3121.
  • At least one functional hole 3123 can be opened on the internal joint unit connector 312.
  • the at least one functional hole 3123 can allow a wire rope (or traction cable) or wire to pass through to connect with the distal end of the internal joint 310.
  • the execution end is connected or electrically connected to control the execution end to perform corresponding surgical actions.
  • one end of at least one wire rope can be connected to the execution end, and the other end can pass through at least one functional hole 3123 from the proximal end of the internal joint 310 out (entering the inner tube 331), and by pulling the other end of at least one wire rope, the opening and closing action of the execution end can be controlled to complete the corresponding surgical action (for example, to separate the tissue of the patient's lesion or to separate the tissue from the patient's lesion. tissue cutting).
  • the execution end includes wire cutting
  • the guide wire can pass through at least one functional hole 3123 and be electrically connected to the wire cutting. By energizing the guide wire, the wire cutting can be heated, so that the wire cutting can cut the tissue of the patient's lesion. .
  • the internal joint 310 may further include a series member 313 , which passes through the internal joint 310 along the length direction of the internal joint 310 .
  • the center of the internal joint unit connector 312 may be provided with a series hole 3122 , and the series member 313 may pass through the series hole 3122 on each internal joint unit connector 312 and the inner cavity of each internal joint unit 311
  • Each inner joint unit 311 and each inner joint unit connecting piece 312 are assembled together in series to form an inner joint 310 .
  • the execution end and the inner tube 331 can also be connected to the inner joint unit 311 located at the distal end and proximal end of the inner joint 310 through the inner joint unit connector 312 .
  • one end of the inner tube 331 can be connected to the inner joint unit 311 located at the proximal end of the inner joint 310 through the inner joint unit connector 312 .
  • two receiving portions 3311 may be provided on one end of the inner tube 331.
  • the two receiving portions 3311 are disposed oppositely.
  • the angle between the line connecting the inner joint unit connector 312 and the center of the inner joint unit connector 312 is
  • the two protruding parts 3121 of 180° may be located in the two receiving parts 3311 respectively.
  • the outer joint 320 may include at least two outer joint units 321 connected in series.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic structural diagram of an external joint unit according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • two connecting portions 3211 are respectively provided at both ends of the outer joint unit 321 .
  • the connection line between the two connecting parts 3211 at the same end is parallel to the radial direction of the outer joint unit 321, and the connection line between the two connecting parts 3211 at one end (for example, the distal end) of the outer joint unit 321 is vertical.
  • the two connecting portions 3211 at one end (for example, the proximal end) of one of the external joint units 321 can be respectively It is connected to two connecting parts 3211 at one end (for example, the distal end) of another outer joint unit 321 .
  • the connecting portion 3211 on the outer joint unit 321 can be a tooth-shaped structure, and the two connecting portions 3211 of two adjacent outer joint units 321 can be connected by meshing with each other, so that the adjacent outer joint units 321 can be connected by meshing with each other.
  • the two outer joint units 321 can rotate relative to each other, thereby ensuring that the outer joint 320 can perform yaw motion.
  • the outer joint unit 321 belonging to the distal end and the proximal end of the outer joint 320 may be provided with two connecting parts 3211 at only one end.
  • the distal end of the outer joint unit 321 at the distal end of the outer joint 320 may not be provided with the connecting portion 3211 , but may be provided with an installation slot 3201 for installing the fixed terminal 3421 of the wire rope 342 .
  • the proximal end of the outer joint unit 321 at the proximal end of the outer joint 320 is not provided with a connecting portion 3211, but is provided with a engaging portion 3212 to engage with the engaging groove 3411 of the outer tube 341.
  • the outer joint 320 may also be provided with a rigid member 322 , and the rigid member 322 may be disposed on the outer joint 320 along the length direction of the outer joint 320 . Further, the outer joint unit 321 is provided with a rigid member through hole 3213 for the rigid member 322 to pass through.
  • the rigid member 322 can pass through the rigid member through hole 3213 on each outer joint unit 321 and be disposed on the outer joint 320 to form the outer joint 320 Providing a certain stiffness ensures that the outer joint 320 has good rigidity and prevents the outer joint 320 from experiencing S-shaped torsion during deflection and failing to achieve the desired deflection motion result (for example, deflection direction or deflection angle, etc.).
  • the rigid member 322 can be made of a shape memory material with a certain elasticity to ensure that the outer joint 320 can return to its original shape (for example, a straight line) under the elastic force of the rigid member 322 after deflection.
  • the material of the rigid component may include, but is not limited to, metal materials such as stainless steel, nickel-titanium alloy, iron-platinum alloy, etc., polymer materials such as polyurethane, polyolefin, epoxy resin, etc., and shape memory ceramic materials. or combination thereof.
  • the number of rigid members 322 penetrating the outer joint 320 may be 2 to 4.
  • the number of rigid members 322 provided on the outer joint 320 may be 4.
  • the number of rigid member through holes 3213 provided on the outer joint unit 321 may be 4, wherein the 4 rigid members 322 are arranged on the outer joint unit 321 .
  • the axes of the joints 320 are arranged symmetrically, which can provide better rigidity for the outer joint 320 and ensure that the outer joint 320 can return to its original shape faster and better after deflection.
  • a rigid member similar to the rigid member 322 on the outer joint 320 may also be provided on the inner joint 310 to provide a certain stiffness to the inner joint 310 so that the inner joint 310 has better rigidity.
  • the rigidity of the outer joint 320 and/or the inner joint 310 can be improved, thereby increasing the rigidity of the joint movement component 300 and preventing the joint movement component 300 from appearing.
  • S-shaped torsion phenomenon and after the joint movement component 300 performs a yaw movement, the joint movement component 300 can be restored to its original shape (the axis is a straight line) under the elastic force of the rigid component 322 and/or the series component 313.
  • the external joint unit 321 is provided with at least two wire rope through holes 3214 for the wire rope 342 to pass through. Both ends of the wire rope 342 can pass through the wire rope through holes 3214 on the external joint unit 321 from the distal end of the external joint 320 Passing through the proximal end of the external joint 320.
  • a barrier (not shown in the figure) may also be disposed between the inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320 .
  • the barrier may be positioned on the outside of the internal joint 310 .
  • the blocking member may include a tubular structure made of wear-resistant material, and the tube may be sleeved on the outside of the entire inner joint 310 .
  • the blocking member may include a plurality of tubular structures made of wear-resistant material, and the plurality of tubular structures are respectively sleeved on the outside of the inner joint unit 311 .
  • a barrier may be provided in the form of a coating between the inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320 .
  • the wear-resistant material may be directly applied to the outer surface of the internal joint unit 311.
  • the barrier may include wear-resistant materials, and the wear-resistant materials may include nylon, polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, etc., or a combination thereof, which can not only reduce the friction between the inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320 , further ensuring that the inner joint 310 can rotate around its own axis relative to the outer joint 320 without driving the outer joint 320 to rotate together, and can also avoid direct contact between the inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320 to cause wear during movement.
  • the service life of the joint motion component 300 is improved.
  • a barrier between the outer joint 320 and the inner joint 310 By disposing a barrier between the outer joint 320 and the inner joint 310 , it can not only reduce the wear between the inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320 , increase the life of the joint motion component 300 , but also reduce the friction between the inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320 .
  • the friction force further ensures that when one joint performs rotational motion relative to the other, the other joint will not rotate, which is more conducive to the decoupling of the terminal rotational motion and the yaw motion.
  • the control structure controls the deflection (ie, bending) of the deflection sections (ie, the inner joint and the outer joint) of the actuator structure through the transmission structure, thereby controlling the distal actuator to deflect.
  • the design of the internal and external joints allows the deflection segment to have a degree of freedom for bending and deflecting in multiple directions, and allows the deflection segment to have a degree of freedom for rolling, so that the deflection segment can cooperate with the distal actuator to perform surgical operations.
  • the deflection segment may be composed of a curved structure, that is, the curved structure may serve as an inner joint or an outer joint of the deflection segment. The bending structure is described in detail below.
  • Figure 16 is an exemplary structural schematic diagram of a curved structure according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary connection structure of a curved structure according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary connection structure according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • Figure 19 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary connection structure of a support member and a connecting member according to some embodiments of this specification.
  • Figure 20 is a schematic diagram of a rotating member according to some embodiments of this specification. Schematic diagram of an exemplary structure. Referring to FIG. 16 , FIG. 17 and FIG.
  • the curved structure 200 may include a plurality of supporting members 210 , a plurality of connecting members 230 and a plurality of rotating members 250 .
  • the connecting member 230 is connected to the supporting member 210, and along the thickness direction of the supporting member 210 (ie, the MN direction shown in Figures 17 and 18), the two ends of the connecting member 230 protrude from both sides of the supporting member 210 respectively.
  • both ends of the connecting member 230 may respectively protrude from both sides of the supporting member 210 along the MN direction as shown in FIG. 17 .
  • the thickness direction of the support member 210 may be parallel to the axial direction of the bending structure 200 (that is, the axial direction of the deflection section above). Please refer to FIGS. 18 and 19 .
  • connecting structures 232 may be provided at both ends of the connecting member 230 , and the connecting member 230 may be rotationally connected to the rotating member 250 through the connecting structures 232 .
  • the rotating member 250 may be provided with a fifth rotating axis 252 and a sixth rotating axis 254, and the angle between the fifth rotating axis 252 and the sixth rotating axis 254 is greater than 0° and less than or equal to 180°. angle.
  • the fifth rotation axis 252 is perpendicular to the sixth rotation axis 254 .
  • the rotating member 250 can rotate around the fifth rotating axis 252 or the sixth rotating axis 254. Multiple rotating members 250 cooperate with each other to achieve multi-angle deflection of the curved structure 200.
  • the fifth rotation axis 252 is perpendicular to the sixth rotation axis 254
  • the curved structure 200 may be deflected in an orthogonal direction.
  • the bending function of the bending structure 200 can be realized, while the structural complexity of the bending structure 200 is reduced, and the connection between the fifth rotating shaft 252 or the sixth rotating shaft 254 and the connecting structure 232 are reduced. Possibility of detachment of connecting structure 232.
  • multiple support members 210 and rotating members 250 are arranged in a staggered manner, and a rotating member 250 is arranged between any two adjacent supporting members 210 .
  • the adjacent rotating members 250 are connected through the connection between the connecting member 230 and the rotating member 250 .
  • the connection between the two supports 210 realizes the overall connection of the curved structure 200 .
  • the fifth rotating shaft 252 of the rotating member 250 is rotationally connected to the connecting structure 232 of the connecting member 230 on the front supporting member 210 .
  • the sixth rotating shaft 254 of the rotating member 250 may be rotationally connected with the connecting structure 232 of the connecting member 230 on the rear supporting member 210 .
  • the rotating member 250 may only have the fifth rotating shaft 252 or the sixth rotating shaft 254 and adjacent (eg, front or rear) supports.
  • the connecting piece 230 on the piece 210 is rotationally connected.
  • the fifth rotating axis 252 of the rotating member 250 can be rotationally connected with the connecting structure 232 of the connecting member 230 on the front support member 210
  • the sixth rotating axis of the rotating member 250 254 can be rotationally connected with the connection structure 232 of the connection member 230 on the rear support member 210.
  • the support member 210 mainly functions as a skeleton support. Through the rotational connection between the rotating member 250 and the connecting member 230, the angle between the rotating member 250 and the supporting member 210 can be adjusted to realize deflection between the rotating member 250 and the supporting member 210, thereby realizing the deflection of the curved structure 200.
  • support 210 may include a ring-like structure, as shown in FIG. 18 .
  • the annular structure support member 210 facilitates its own rolling and is less likely to get stuck due to collisions between edges and surrounding objects, making the rolling of the curved structure 200 smoother.
  • the hollow setting of the annular structure also facilitates the passage of other components, such as related lines of handheld instruments, transmission structures (for example, rope transmission components), etc.
  • the connector 230 can be connected to the inside of the annular structure to prevent the connector 230 from colliding with surrounding objects when the curved structure 200 rolls, affecting the smoothness of the curved structure 200 rolling and improving the curved structure. 200 safe to use.
  • the support member 210 and the connecting member 230 may be detachably connected.
  • the arrangement of the detachable connection not only facilitates the assembly of the curved structure 200, but also makes the connecting member 230 and the supporting member 210 detachable, making replacement less difficult.
  • the corresponding connectors 230 and/or supports 210 can be disassembled, and new connectors 230 and/or supports 210 can be installed. Replacement of connector 230 and/or support 210 .
  • a through groove 212 extends along the MN direction shown in Figures 17 and 18 on the inner side of the support member 210, and the connecting member 230 can be snapped into and fixed in the through groove 212, thereby realizing the connection between the connecting member 230 and Snap-on of support 210 .
  • the opening width of the through slot 212 can be the same or substantially the same as the width of the connecting piece 230, so that the connecting piece 230 can be snapped into the through slot 212 to achieve fixation.
  • detachable connection methods may be used between the support member 210 and the connecting member 230, such as mortise and tenon structure, screw connection, magnetic connection, adhesive bonding, etc.
  • one support member 210 may be provided with two connecting members 230 .
  • the two connecting members 230 may be symmetrically distributed about the center line of the supporting member 210 respectively.
  • One end of the two connecting members 230 can be connected to both ends of the fifth rotating shaft 252 of the front rotating member 250 respectively, and/or the other ends of the two connecting members 230 can be connected to the sixth rotating shaft of the rear rotating member 250 respectively. 254 on both ends.
  • the two connecting members 230 can provide a fulcrum for the fifth rotating shaft 252 and/or the sixth rotating shaft 254 to achieve the fixation of the fifth rotating shaft 252 and/or the sixth rotating shaft 254, so that the rotating member 250 can rotate around the fifth rotating axis 252 and/or the sixth rotating shaft 254.
  • the six rotating shafts 254 rotate to realize the deflection of the curved structure 200 .
  • the connecting member 230 is mainly used to connect the supporting member 210 and the rotating member 250 .
  • the connecting member 230 may be provided with First thickness section 234, second thickness section 236, and third thickness section 238.
  • the thickness of the first thickness section 234 and the third thickness section 238 may both be greater than the thickness of the second thickness section 236 , and the second thickness section 236 may be snapped into the through groove 212 .
  • the first thickness section 234 and the third thickness section 238 with larger thickness can be respectively stuck on the two side surfaces of the support member 210 corresponding to the through slot 212 along the XY direction. superior. Therefore, the length of the second thickness section 236 may be the same or substantially the same as the thickness of the support member 210, thereby achieving the engagement of the connecting member 230 and the through slot 212 in the MN direction.
  • the connecting structures 232 on both ends of the connecting member 230 may be located on the first thickness section 234 and the third thickness section 238 respectively.
  • connection structures 232 provided at both ends of the connector 230 may include superior arc-shaped grooves.
  • a superior arc-shaped groove can be understood as a groove whose cross-sectional shape perpendicular to the axial direction of the groove is a superior arc shape (that is, an arc shape greater than 180°).
  • the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 can be disposed in the arcuate groove, and the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 can rotate smoothly in the arcuate groove to realize the rotation member 250 and the connecting member 230 rotating connection.
  • the excellent arc-shaped groove can also effectively prevent the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 from coming out, thereby ensuring a stable connection between the connecting structure 232 and the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254, and at the same time, it can also reduce the connection between the rotating member 250 and the connection Part 230 is difficult to install.
  • the rotational connection between the connecting piece 230 and the rotating piece 250 is achieved.
  • the arc of the cross-section perpendicular to the axial direction of the groove may be 190° ⁇ 250°.
  • the arc of the cross-section perpendicular to the axial direction of the groove may be 200° ⁇ 240°. In some embodiments, the arc of the cross-section perpendicular to the axial direction of the groove may be 210° ⁇ 230°.
  • the diameters of the fifth and sixth rotating shafts 252 and 254 may match the diameter of the arc-shaped groove of the connecting structure 232 (for example, the diameters of the fifth and sixth rotating shafts 252 and 254 may match
  • the diameters of the excellent arc-shaped grooves are the same or substantially the same, or the diameters of the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 can be slightly smaller than the diameters of the excellent arc-shaped grooves, etc.), the outer surfaces of the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 It can fit the inner surface of the excellent arc groove.
  • the side surfaces of the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 may include a first arc surface, a first plane, a second arc surface, and a second plane connected in sequence along the circumferential direction.
  • the distance a between the first plane and the second plane (as shown in FIG. 20 ) may be the same as the thickness of the rotating member 250 . In other embodiments, the distance a between the first plane and the second plane may be greater or less than the thickness of the rotating member 250 , as long as the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 can be stably connected to the connecting member 230 for rotation. .
  • the distance a between the first plane and the second plane may be slightly smaller than the distance b between the two ports of the superior arc-shaped groove (as shown in Figure 19), so that Therefore, the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 can be easily installed into the excellent arc-shaped groove.
  • the first arc surface and the second arc surface can fit with the inner surface of the arc-shaped groove, so that after the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 are installed into the arc-shaped groove of the connecting structure 232, the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254
  • the rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 can rotate in the arcuate groove, and the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 are not easy to fall off from the arcuate groove.
  • the distance between the first plane and the second plane may be slightly smaller than the distance between the two ports of the superior arc-shaped groove, and the diameters corresponding to the first arc surface and the second arc surface may be the same as the diameter of the superior arc surface.
  • the diameters of the grooves are basically the same.
  • FIGS. 21-23 are schematic diagrams of an exemplary assembly process of a curved structure according to some embodiments of this specification. Please refer to Figures 21 to 23.
  • the opening size of the excellent arc groove is smaller than the corresponding diameter of the excellent arc groove, that is, the excellent arc groove
  • the opening size of the shaped groove is smaller than the farthest distance between the first arc surface and the second arc surface of the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 (ie, the diameter corresponding to the first arc surface and the second arc surface).
  • the thickness direction of the rotating member 250 and the length direction of the connecting member 230 (for example, FIG. 21 When the MN directions shown) are perpendicular to each other (as shown in FIG. 21 ), the fifth rotating shaft 252 or the sixth rotating shaft 254 can just enter the excellent arc-shaped groove at one end of the connecting member 230 . After the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 enter the superior arc groove, the rotating member 250 is rotated (as shown in Figure 22).
  • connection process between the connecting structure 232 at the other end of the connecting member 230 and the other rotating member 250 can refer to the above process, which will not be described again.
  • connection structure 232 may also include mounting holes.
  • the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 can extend into the mounting hole, and the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 can rotate along the axial direction of the mounting hole.
  • an elastic ring (such as a rubber ring) may be provided between the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the mounting hole and/or between the sixth rotating shaft 144 and the mounting hole. The elastic ring may cause the fifth rotating shaft 252 and/or the The six rotating shafts 144 are stably connected to the mounting holes and can rotate in the mounting holes.
  • bearings may be provided between the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the mounting hole and/or between the sixth rotating shaft 144 and the mounting hole.
  • the plurality of rotating members 250 rotate in cooperation with each other to achieve multi-directional deflection of the curved structure 200 .
  • the rotating member 250 may be cylindrical.
  • the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 may both be disposed on the side surface of the rotating member 250 . Both ends of the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 Both ends of can respectively protrude from the side surface of the rotating member 250.
  • the intersection point of the fifth rotating axis 252 and the sixth rotating axis 254 can be located at the center of the rotating member 250 so that the rotating member 250 can maintain balance during rotation and is less likely to shake, thus improving the working stability of the curved structure 200 sex.
  • At least one end of the fifth rotating shaft 252 may be connected to the previous connecting member 230 (for example, when two connecting members 230 are provided on one support member 210, the fifth rotating shaft 252 may be Both ends of the rotating shaft 252 are respectively connected to the two connecting members 230 on the previous supporting member 210).
  • at least one end (such as both ends) of the sixth rotating shaft 254 can be connected to the rear connecting member 230 respectively (for example, when two connecting members 230 are provided on one support member 210, it can be two connecting members 230 of the sixth rotating shaft 252. The ends are respectively connected to the two connecting parts 230 on the rear supporting part 210).
  • the above connection method can realize the connection of the curved structure 200 .
  • the included angle range between the fifth rotation axis 252 and the sixth rotation axis 254 may be greater than 0° and less than or equal to 180°.
  • the included angle between the fifth rotating axis 252 and the sixth rotating axis 254 is set such that when the plurality of rotating members 250 rotate around the fifth rotating axis 252 or the sixth rotating axis 254 respectively, the bending structure 200 can bend and deflect in multiple directions and angles, thereby improving the The flexibility of the curved structure 200 is improved.
  • the angle between the fifth rotation axis 252 and the sixth rotation axis 254 may be 90°, as shown in FIG. 20 .
  • the included angle between the fifth rotating axis 252 and the sixth rotating axis 254 may be 60°, 75°, 210° and other angles.
  • the rotating member 250 may also be provided with a through hole 256 , and the through hole 256 penetrates the rotating member 250 along the thickness direction of the rotating member 250 .
  • the through holes 256 can be used to provide passages and mounting locations for other components.
  • the through hole 256 may be used to allow a transmission structure (eg, a traction cable, etc.) to pass through.
  • the through hole 256 can be used to allow signal lines, power lines, execution parts, etc. to pass through, and the rotating member 250 can protect these signal lines, power lines, execution parts, etc.
  • the number of through holes 256 may be multiple, and different through holes 256 may have different sizes, so that different types of wires and execution parts on the handheld instrument can pass through different through holes 256 respectively. .
  • the bending structure 200 may also be provided with a limiting structure.
  • the limiting structure may be detachable. Therefore, during the assembly process of the curved structure 200, the rotating member 250 can be installed to the connecting member 230 first, and then the limiting structure can be installed, so as to exert the restricting effect without hindering the installation of the rotating member 250.
  • the limiting structure may be a limiting screw, and the limiting screw may be installed on the connector 230 .
  • the limiting structure may also include limiting protrusions provided on the support member 210 , and the limiting protrusions may be provided on one or both sides of the support member 210 along the XY direction.
  • the number of limiting protrusions may be one or two or more.
  • the structural forms of the inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320 may have multiple combinations.
  • the inner joint 310 can be a structure as shown in Figure 16, a spring tube, a universal joint link (for example, a structure similar to the outer joint 320 shown in Figure 10), a snake bone, etc.
  • the outer joint 320 can also be as follows The structure shown in Figure 16, spring tube, universal joint link (for example, a structure similar to the outer joint 320 shown in Figure 10), snake bone, etc.
  • the joint motion assembly 300 may be a motion assembly composed of the above-mentioned inner joint 310 and the above-mentioned outer joint 320 having the same type or different types of structures.
  • this application uses specific words to describe the embodiments of the application.
  • “one embodiment”, “an embodiment”, and/or “some embodiments” means a certain feature, structure or characteristic related to at least one embodiment of the present application. Therefore, it should be emphasized and noted that “one embodiment” or “an embodiment” or “an alternative embodiment” mentioned twice or more at different places in this specification does not necessarily refer to the same embodiment. .
  • certain features, structures or characteristics in one or more embodiments of the present application may be appropriately combined.
  • aspects of the present application may be illustrated and described in several patentable categories or circumstances, including any new and useful process, machine, product, or combination of matter, or combination thereof. any new and useful improvements. Accordingly, various aspects of the present application may be executed entirely by hardware, may be entirely executed by software (including firmware, resident software, microcode, etc.), or may be executed by a combination of hardware and software.
  • the above hardware or software may be referred to as "data block”, “module”, “engine”, “unit”, “component” or “system”.
  • aspects of the present application may be embodied as a computer product including computer-readable program code located on one or more computer-readable media.
  • numbers are used to describe the quantities of components and properties. It should be understood that such numbers used to describe the embodiments are modified by the modifiers "about”, “approximately” or “substantially” in some examples. Grooming. Unless otherwise stated, “about,” “approximately,” or “substantially” means that the stated number is allowed to vary by ⁇ 20%. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the numerical parameters used in the specification and claims are approximations that may vary depending on the desired features of the individual embodiment. In some embodiments, numerical parameters should account for the specified number of significant digits and use general digit preservation methods. Although the numerical fields and parameters used to confirm the breadth of the ranges in some embodiments of the present application are approximations, in specific embodiments, such numerical values are set as accurately as feasible.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Surgery (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Selective Calling Equipment (AREA)

Abstract

A handheld instrument (100). The handheld instrument (100) comprises a control structure (110), a frame (160), and an execution structure (130). The control structure (110) is connected to the execution structure (130) by means of the frame (160). The control structure (110) comprises a transmission structure and a control handle (113). The control handle (113) is in transmission connection to the execution structure (130) by means of the transmission structure.

Description

一种手持式器械a handheld instrument
交叉引用cross reference
本申请要求于2022年08月23日提交的中国申请号202211011347.7的优先权、于2022年08月19日提交的中国申请号202211001531.3的优先权、于2022年09月02日提交的中国申请号202211070433.5的优先权,以及于2022年12月12日提交的中国申请号202211588340.1的优先权,其内容通过引用结合于此。This application claims the priority of Chinese application number 202211011347.7 submitted on August 23, 2022, the priority of Chinese application number 202211001531.3 submitted on August 19, 2022, and the Chinese application number 202211070433.5 submitted on September 2, 2022 , as well as the priority of Chinese application number 202211588340.1 filed on December 12, 2022, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本说明书涉及医疗器械领域,特别涉及一种手持式器械。This specification relates to the field of medical devices, particularly a hand-held device.
背景技术Background technique
内镜微创手术是指在人体自然腔道或者腹腔打孔,将器械(如手持式器械)的一部分伸入体内,利用器械的位于体外的操控结构控制体内的执行器完成手术操作而实现治疗的手术。手持式器械是通过操作者手动操控而执行手术操作,从而实现内镜微创手术的器械。例如,通过控制操控结构来控制执行器进行偏转、滚转运动,并实现剪切、夹持等手术操作。Endoscopic minimally invasive surgery refers to drilling a hole in the natural orifice of the human body or the abdominal cavity, extending part of the instrument (such as a handheld instrument) into the body, and using the control structure of the instrument outside the body to control the actuator in the body to complete the surgical operation and achieve treatment. surgery. Handheld instruments are instruments that are manually controlled by the operator to perform surgical operations, thereby achieving endoscopic minimally invasive surgery. For example, by controlling the control structure, the actuator can be controlled to deflect and roll, and surgical operations such as shearing and clamping can be realized.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本说明书实施例提供一种手持式器械,包括操控结构、框架和执行结构;所述操控结构通过所述框架连接所述执行结构;所述操控结构包括传动结构和操控手柄,所述操控手柄与所述执行结构通过所述传动结构传动连接。The embodiment of this specification provides a handheld instrument, including a control structure, a frame and an execution structure; the control structure is connected to the execution structure through the frame; the control structure includes a transmission structure and a control handle, and the control handle is connected to the control structure. The execution structure is drivingly connected through the transmission structure.
在一些实施例中,所述框架包括附接件,所述附接件与所述操控手柄通过所述传动结构相连。In some embodiments, the frame includes an attachment, and the attachment is connected to the control handle through the transmission structure.
在一些实施例中,所述附接件包括开口结构。In some embodiments, the attachment includes an opening structure.
在一些实施例中,所述开口结构为拱形开口结构。In some embodiments, the opening structure is an arched opening structure.
在一些实施例中,所述拱形开口结构包括C型结构或U型结构。In some embodiments, the arched opening structure includes a C-shaped structure or a U-shaped structure.
在一些实施例中,所述附接件上设有气囊、柔性腕带和刚性可弯曲腕带中的至少一种。In some embodiments, the attachment is provided with at least one of an airbag, a flexible wristband, and a rigid bendable wristband.
在一些实施例中,所述附接件包括第一夹持部、第二夹持部和距离调节机构,所述第一夹持部和所述第二夹持部用于夹持手腕,所述距离调节机构用于调节所述第一夹持部与所述第二夹持部之间的间距。In some embodiments, the attachment includes a first clamping part, a second clamping part and a distance adjustment mechanism, the first clamping part and the second clamping part are used to clamp the wrist, so The distance adjustment mechanism is used to adjust the distance between the first clamping part and the second clamping part.
在一些实施例中,所述框架包括快换组件,实现所述操控结构与所述执行结构可拆卸连接。In some embodiments, the frame includes a quick-change assembly to achieve detachable connection between the control structure and the execution structure.
在一些实施例中,所述快换组件包括可拆卸连接的动力部和驱动部,所述动力部与所述操控结构连接,所述驱动部与所述执行结构连接。In some embodiments, the quick-change assembly includes a detachably connected power part and a driving part, the power part is connected to the control structure, and the driving part is connected to the execution structure.
在一些实施例中,所述传动结构包括运动解析组件和运动传递组件,所述运动解析组件连接于所述操控手柄与所述框架之间,所述运动传递组件至少部分穿过所述框架与所述执行结构连接;所述运动解析组件用于将所述操控手柄的操作解析为控制运动传递给所述运动传递组件,所述运动传递组件将所述控制运动传递到所述执行结构,从而控制所述执行结构的运动。In some embodiments, the transmission structure includes a motion analysis component and a motion transmission component. The motion analysis component is connected between the control handle and the frame. The motion transmission component at least partially passes through the frame and the frame. The execution structure is connected; the motion analysis component is used to analyze the operation of the control handle into a control motion and transfer it to the motion transfer component, and the motion transfer component transfers the control motion to the execution structure, thereby Control the movement of the execution structure.
在一些实施例中,所述运动解析组件包括并联解析机构。In some embodiments, the motion resolution component includes a parallel resolution mechanism.
在一些实施例中,所述并联解析结构包括两个链带,所述链带的一端通过所述附接件与所述运动传递组件连接,所述链带的另一端与所述操控手柄连接,所述操控手柄的控制操作通过所述链带转换传递到所述附接件,并通过所述运动传递组件传递给所述执行结构。In some embodiments, the parallel analytical structure includes two chain belts, one end of the chain belt is connected to the motion transmission component through the attachment, and the other end of the chain belt is connected to the control handle. , the control operation of the control handle is transmitted to the attachment through the chain belt conversion, and is transmitted to the execution structure through the motion transmission assembly.
在一些实施例中,所述运动解析组件包括串联解析机构。In some embodiments, the motion resolution component includes a tandem resolution mechanism.
在一些实施例中,所述串联解析机构包括偏转部,所述偏转部与所述框架转动连接。In some embodiments, the series resolution mechanism includes a deflection portion that is rotationally connected to the frame.
在一些实施例中,所述操控手柄与所述偏转部通过第一转轴转动连接,且所述第一转轴与所述执行结构通过所述运动传递组件传动连接,将所述操控手柄相对所述偏转部的转动转换为所述执行结构的至少部分在第一方向上的偏转。In some embodiments, the control handle and the deflection part are rotationally connected through a first rotating shaft, and the first rotating shaft and the execution structure are transmission connected through the motion transmission component, and the control handle is connected relative to the The rotation of the deflection part is converted into a deflection of at least part of the actuating structure in the first direction.
在一些实施例中,所述偏转部通过第二转轴与所述框架转动连接,且所述第二转轴与所述执行结构通过所述运动传递组件传动连接,将所述偏转部相对所述框架的转动转换为所述执行结构的至少部分在第二方向上的偏转,所述第一方向与所述第二方向之间具有大于0°而小于180°的 夹角。In some embodiments, the deflection part is rotationally connected to the frame through a second rotating shaft, and the second rotating shaft and the execution structure are drivingly connected through the motion transmission component, and the deflection part is connected relative to the frame. The rotation is converted into at least part of the deflection of the execution structure in the second direction, and the angle between the first direction and the second direction is greater than 0° and less than 180°.
在一些实施例中,所述第一转轴所在的第一轴线与所述第二转轴所在的第二轴线垂直且相交,所述执行结构的轴线偏离所述第一轴线与所述第二轴线的交点。In some embodiments, the first axis where the first rotation axis is located is perpendicular to and intersects with the second axis where the second rotation axis is located, and the axis of the execution structure deviates from the first axis and the second axis. intersection.
在一些实施例中,所述执行结构包括偏转段、远端执行器和杆状结构,所述杆状结构的一端与所述偏转段的一端连接,所述杆状结构的另一端与所述框架连接,所述远端执行器与所述偏转段的另一端连接;所述偏转段为柔性偏转关节。In some embodiments, the execution structure includes a deflection segment, a distal actuator and a rod-shaped structure, one end of the rod-shaped structure is connected to one end of the deflection segment, and the other end of the rod-shaped structure is connected to the The frame is connected, and the distal actuator is connected to the other end of the deflection section; the deflection section is a flexible deflection joint.
在一些实施例中,所述操控结构还包括扳机,所述扳机通过第四转轴与所述操控手柄转动连接,所述远端执行器包括第一执行部和第二执行部,所述第一执行部的至少部分和所述第二执行部的至少部分相对开合实现所述远端执行器的剪切和夹持操作,所述第四转轴与所述第一执行部和/或所述第二执行部传动连接,将所述扳机相对所述操控手柄的转动转换为所述第一执行部的至少部分和所述第二执行部的至少部分相对开合。In some embodiments, the control structure further includes a trigger, which is rotationally connected to the control handle through a fourth rotating shaft, and the remote effector includes a first execution part and a second execution part, and the first execution part At least part of the execution part and at least part of the second execution part are relatively opened and closed to implement the shearing and clamping operations of the distal effector, and the fourth rotating shaft is connected with the first execution part and/or the The second execution part is transmission connected to convert the rotation of the trigger relative to the control handle into relative opening and closing of at least part of the first execution part and at least part of the second execution part.
在一些实施例中,所述执行结构包括弯曲结构,所述弯曲结构包括多个支撑件、多个连接件与多个转动件,所述支撑件上连接有所述连接件,所述连接件的两端分别沿所述支撑件的厚度方向从所述支撑件的两侧面伸出,且所述连接件的两端均设置有连接结构,所述转动件上设置有第五转轴和第六转轴;所述第五转轴和所述第六转轴之间具有大于0°而小于或等于180°的夹角;多个所述支撑件与所述转动件交错布置,任意相邻两个所述支撑件之间布置有一个所述转动件;所述转动件的第五转轴与在前的所述支撑件上的所述连接件的所述连接结构转动连接,和/或,所述转动件的第六转轴与在后的所述支撑件上的所述连接件的所述连接结构转动连接。In some embodiments, the execution structure includes a curved structure, the curved structure includes a plurality of supports, a plurality of connectors and a plurality of rotating members, the connectors are connected to the supports, and the connectors Both ends of the support member protrude from both sides of the support member respectively along the thickness direction of the support member, and both ends of the connector are provided with connection structures, and the rotating member is provided with a fifth rotating shaft and a sixth rotating shaft. Rotating axis; the fifth rotating axis and the sixth rotating axis have an included angle greater than 0° and less than or equal to 180°; a plurality of the supporting parts and the rotating parts are staggeredly arranged, and any two adjacent ones of the rotating parts are staggered. One of the rotating parts is arranged between the supporting parts; the fifth rotating shaft of the rotating part is rotationally connected to the connecting structure of the connecting part on the previous supporting part, and/or, the rotating part The sixth rotating shaft is rotatably connected to the connecting structure of the connecting piece on the rear supporting piece.
在一些实施例中,所述连接结构包括优弧形凹槽,所述第五转轴和所述第六转轴的侧面沿周向包括依次连接的第一弧面、第一平面、第二弧面、第二平面,所述第五转轴和所述第六转轴能够设于所述优弧形凹槽内,所述第一平面与所述第二平面之间的距离小于所述优弧形凹槽的两端口之间的距离,所述第一弧面和所述第二弧面与所述优弧形凹槽的内表面贴合。In some embodiments, the connection structure includes an excellent arc-shaped groove, and the side surfaces of the fifth rotating axis and the sixth rotating axis include a first arc surface, a first plane, and a second arc surface connected in sequence along the circumferential direction. , a second plane, the fifth rotating axis and the sixth rotating axis can be disposed in the excellent arc-shaped groove, and the distance between the first plane and the second plane is smaller than the excellent arc-shaped groove. The distance between the two ports of the groove, the first arc surface and the second arc surface fit with the inner surface of the excellent arc groove.
在一些实施例中,所述转动件呈柱状,所述第五转轴和所述第六转轴均设于所述转动件的侧表面上,所述第一平面与所述第二平面之间的距离与所述转动件的厚度相同。In some embodiments, the rotating member is cylindrical, the fifth rotating shaft and the sixth rotating shaft are both disposed on side surfaces of the rotating member, and the distance between the first plane and the second plane is The distance is the same as the thickness of the rotating member.
在一些实施例中,所述支撑件上设有两个所述连接件;所述第五转轴的两端分别连接在两个所述连接件上;或者,所述第六转轴的两端分别连接在两个所述连接件上。In some embodiments, the support member is provided with two connecting members; both ends of the fifth rotating shaft are respectively connected to the two connecting members; or, the two ends of the sixth rotating shaft are respectively connected to the two connecting members. Connected to the two connectors.
在一些实施例中,所述连接件与所述支撑件可拆卸连接。In some embodiments, the connecting member is detachably connected to the supporting member.
在一些实施例中,所述支撑件包括环状结构,所述连接件连接在所述环状结构的内侧。In some embodiments, the support member includes an annular structure, and the connecting member is connected inside the annular structure.
在一些实施例中,所述支撑件的内侧上沿所述支撑件的厚度方向延伸有通槽,所述连接件能够卡入并固定在所述通槽内。In some embodiments, a through groove extends along the thickness direction of the support member on the inner side of the support member, and the connecting member can be snapped into and fixed in the through groove.
在一些实施例中,所述连接件沿所述连接件的长度方向依次设有第一厚度段、第二厚度段和第三厚度段,所述第一厚度段和所述第三厚度段的厚度均大于所述第二厚度段的厚度;所述第二厚度段卡入所述通槽内,所述第一厚度段和所述第三厚度段分别卡在所述支撑件沿所述支撑件的厚度方向的两侧面上。In some embodiments, the connecting piece is provided with a first thickness section, a second thickness section and a third thickness section in sequence along the length direction of the connecting piece, and the first thickness section and the third thickness section are The thickness is greater than the thickness of the second thickness section; the second thickness section is stuck in the through groove, and the first thickness section and the third thickness section are respectively stuck in the support member along the support. on both sides in the thickness direction of the piece.
在一些实施例中,所述转动件设置有通孔,所述通孔沿所述转动件的厚度方向贯穿所述转动件。In some embodiments, the rotating member is provided with a through hole, and the through hole penetrates the rotating member along a thickness direction of the rotating member.
在一些实施例中,所述执行结构包括关节运动组件,所述关节运动组件包括内关节和外关节,所述外关节套设在所述内关节外。In some embodiments, the execution structure includes an articulation assembly, the articulation assembly includes an inner joint and an outer joint, and the outer joint is sleeved outside the inner joint.
在一些实施例中,所述操控手柄上具有滚转操控组件,所述滚转操控组件用于使所述内关节相对所述外关节绕所述内关节的轴线转动。In some embodiments, the control handle is provided with a roll control component, and the roll control component is used to rotate the inner joint relative to the outer joint around the axis of the inner joint.
在一些实施例中,所述内关节和所述外关节中的其中一个连接有旋转件,另一个上设有偏摆机构;所述内关节和所述外关节中与所述旋转件连接的关节能够在所述旋转件的带动下绕自身轴线相对于设有所述偏摆机构的关节进行滚转运动;所述设有所述偏摆机构的关节能够在所述偏摆机构的带动下进行偏摆运动,并带动与所述旋转件连接的关节进行偏转运动。In some embodiments, one of the inner joint and the outer joint is connected to a rotating member, and the other is provided with a deflection mechanism; the inner joint and the outer joint are connected to the rotating member. The joint can roll around its own axis driven by the rotating member relative to the joint provided with the deflection mechanism; the joint provided with the deflection mechanism can roll around its own axis driven by the deflection mechanism. It performs a deflection motion and drives the joint connected with the rotating member to perform a deflection motion.
在一些实施例中,所述内关节连接有所述旋转件,所述外关节上设有所述偏摆机构。In some embodiments, the inner joint is connected with the rotating member, and the outer joint is provided with the deflection mechanism.
在一些实施例中,所述旋转件包括内管,所述偏摆机构包括外管和钢丝绳;其中,所述外管套设在所述内管外,所述内管能够被驱动以相对所述外管绕自身轴线进行滚转运动。In some embodiments, the rotating member includes an inner tube, and the deflection mechanism includes an outer tube and a wire rope; wherein the outer tube is sleeved outside the inner tube, and the inner tube can be driven relative to the desired position. The outer tube performs rolling motion around its own axis.
在一些实施例中,所述内关节的近端与所述内管的远端连接,所述外关节的近端与所述外管的远端连接;所述钢丝绳的一端固定在所述外关节的远端,所述钢丝绳的另一端从所述外关节的远端穿向所述外管的近端。In some embodiments, the proximal end of the inner joint is connected to the distal end of the inner tube, and the proximal end of the outer joint is connected to the distal end of the outer tube; one end of the wire rope is fixed on the outer tube. The other end of the wire rope passes from the distal end of the outer joint to the proximal end of the outer tube.
在一些实施例中,所述内关节的远端和所述外关节的远端之间设有轴承连接件。In some embodiments, a bearing connection is provided between the distal end of the inner joint and the distal end of the outer joint.
在一些实施例中,所述内关节和所述外关节之间设置有阻隔件,所述阻隔件包括耐磨材料。In some embodiments, a barrier is provided between the inner joint and the outer joint, and the barrier includes a wear-resistant material.
在一些实施例中,所述阻隔件呈管状结构,并套设在所述内关节的外部。In some embodiments, the barrier is in the form of a tubular structure and is sleeved on the outside of the internal joint.
在一些实施例中,所述外关节上设置有刚性件,所述刚性件沿所述外关节的长度方向穿设在所述外关节上。In some embodiments, the outer joint is provided with a rigid member, and the rigid member is disposed on the outer joint along the length direction of the outer joint.
本说明书实施例提供的手持式器械通过在操控手柄与执行结构之间设置传动结构,传动结构将操控手柄的操作解析为控制运动并传递到执行结构,可以使得操控手柄与执行结构之间的运动传递更为准确。The handheld instrument provided by the embodiments of this specification provides a transmission structure between the control handle and the execution structure. The transmission structure interprets the operation of the control handle into control motion and transmits it to the execution structure, so that the movement between the control handle and the execution structure can be achieved. Delivery is more accurate.
附图说明Description of drawings
本说明书将以示例性实施例的方式进一步说明,这些示例性实施例将通过附图进行详细描述。这些实施例并非限制性的,在这些实施例中,相同的编号表示相同的结构,其中:This specification is further explained by way of example embodiments, which are described in detail by means of the accompanying drawings. These embodiments are not limiting. In these embodiments, the same numbers represent the same structures, where:
图1A是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的手持式器械的简易结构示意图;Figure 1A is a simple structural schematic diagram of a handheld instrument according to some embodiments of this specification;
图1B是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的手持式器械的示例性结构图;Figure 1B is an exemplary structural diagram of a handheld instrument according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图2是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的手持式器械的示例性爆炸图;Figure 2 is an exemplary exploded view of a handheld device according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图3是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的柔性腕带的示例性结构图;Figure 3 is an exemplary structural diagram of a flexible wristband according to some embodiments of this specification;
图4是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的附接件的另一示例性结构图;Figure 4 is another exemplary structural diagram of an attachment according to some embodiments of this specification;
图5是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的快换组件的示例性结构图;Figure 5 is an exemplary structural diagram of a quick-change assembly according to some embodiments of this specification;
图6是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的执行结构的示例性结构图;Figure 6 is an exemplary structural diagram of an execution structure according to some embodiments of this specification;
图7A是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的另一手持式器械的示例性结构图;Figure 7A is an exemplary structural diagram of another handheld instrument according to some embodiments of this specification;
图7B是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的手持式器械的滚转控制示意图;Figure 7B is a schematic diagram of roll control of a handheld instrument according to some embodiments of this specification;
图8是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的采用并联传动方式的手持式器械的部分结构示意图;Figure 8 is a partial structural schematic diagram of a handheld instrument using parallel transmission according to some embodiments of this specification;
图9是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的关节运动组件的结构示意图;Figure 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a joint motion assembly according to some embodiments of this specification;
图10是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的内关节和外关节进行偏摆运动后的结构示意图;Figure 10 is a schematic structural diagram of the inner joint and the outer joint after yaw movement according to some embodiments of this specification;
图11是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的内关节与旋转件的连接示意图;Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of the connection between the internal joint and the rotating member according to some embodiments of this specification;
图12是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的外关节与外管的连接示意图;Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of the connection between the outer joint and the outer tube according to some embodiments of this specification;
图13是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的内关节单元的结构示意图;Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an internal joint unit according to some embodiments of this specification;
图14是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的内关节单元连接件的结构示意图;Figure 14 is a schematic structural diagram of an internal joint unit connector according to some embodiments of this specification;
图15是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的外关节单元的结构示意图;Figure 15 is a schematic structural diagram of an external joint unit according to some embodiments of this specification;
图16是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的弯曲结构的示例性结构示意图;Figure 16 is an exemplary structural schematic diagram of a curved structure according to some embodiments of this specification;
图17是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的弯曲结构的示例性连接结构示意图;Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary connection structure of a curved structure according to some embodiments of this specification;
图18是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的支撑件与连接件的示例性连接结构示意图;Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary connection structure of a support member and a connecting member according to some embodiments of this specification;
图19是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的连接件的示例性结构示意图;Figure 19 is an exemplary structural schematic diagram of a connector shown according to some embodiments of this specification;
图20是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的转动件的示例性结构示意图;Figure 20 is an exemplary structural schematic diagram of a rotating member according to some embodiments of this specification;
图21是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的弯曲结构的示例性装配过程示意图;Figure 21 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary assembly process of a curved structure according to some embodiments of this specification;
图22是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的弯曲结构的示例性装配过程示意图;Figure 22 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary assembly process of a curved structure according to some embodiments of this specification;
图23是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的弯曲结构的示例性装配过程示意图。Figure 23 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary assembly process of a curved structure according to some embodiments of the present specification.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为了更清楚地说明本说明书实施例的技术方案,下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单的介绍。显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本说明书的一些示例或实施例,对于本领域的普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图将本说明书应用于其它类似情景。除非从语言环境中显而易见或另做说明,图中相同标号代表相同结构或操作。In order to explain the technical solutions of the embodiments of this specification more clearly, the accompanying drawings needed to be used in the description of the embodiments will be briefly introduced below. Obviously, the drawings in the following description are only some examples or embodiments of this specification. For those of ordinary skill in the art, without exerting any creative efforts, this specification can also be applied to other applications based on these drawings. Other similar scenarios. Unless obvious from the locale or otherwise stated, the same reference numbers in the figures represent the same structure or operation.
应当理解,本文使用的“系统”、“装置”、“单元”和/或“模块”是用于区分不同级别的不同组件、元件、部件、部分或装配的一种方法。然而,如果其他词语可实现相同的目的,则可通过其他表达来替换所述词语。It will be understood that the terms "system", "apparatus", "unit" and/or "module" as used herein are a means of distinguishing between different components, elements, parts, portions or assemblies at different levels. However, said words may be replaced by other expressions if they serve the same purpose.
如本说明书和权利要求书中所示,除非上下文明确提示例外情形,“一”、“一个”、“一种”和/或“该”等词并非特指单数,也可包括复数。一般说来,术语“包括”与“包含”仅提示包括已明确标识的步骤和元素,而这些步骤和元素不构成一个排它性的罗列,方法或者设备也可能包含其它的步骤或元素。As shown in this specification and claims, words such as "a", "an", "an" and/or "the" do not specifically refer to the singular and may include the plural unless the context clearly indicates an exception. Generally speaking, the terms "comprising" and "comprising" only imply the inclusion of clearly identified steps and elements, and these steps and elements do not constitute an exclusive list. The method or apparatus may also include other steps or elements.
本说明书中使用了流程图用来说明根据本说明书的实施例的系统所执行的操作。应当理解 的是,前面或后面操作不一定按照顺序来精确地执行。相反,可以按照倒序或同时处理各个步骤。同时,也可以将其他操作添加到这些过程中,或从这些过程移除某一步或数步操作。Flowcharts are used in this specification to illustrate operations performed by systems according to embodiments of this specification. It should be understood that preceding or following operations are not necessarily performed in exact order. Instead, the steps can be processed in reverse order or simultaneously. At the same time, you can add other operations to these processes, or remove a step or steps from these processes.
本说明书实施例提供了一种手持式器械。手持式器械可以包括操控结构、框架和执行结构,操控结构通过框架连接执行结构,框架的作用是支撑操控结构和执行结构,以及实现操控结构和执行结构的连接。例如,操控结构可以控制执行结构在不同方向上进行偏转、滚转、开合等操作。在一些实施例中,操控结构可以包括传动结构和操控手柄,操控手柄与执行结构通过传动结构传动连接。在一些实施例中,传动结构可以传动连接于操控手柄与执行结构之间,传动结构能够将操控手柄的操作解析为控制运动并传递到执行结构,从而控制执行结构的运动。The embodiment of this specification provides a handheld instrument. The handheld instrument may include a control structure, a frame and an execution structure. The control structure is connected to the execution structure through the frame. The function of the frame is to support the control structure and the execution structure, and to realize the connection between the control structure and the execution structure. For example, the control structure can control the execution structure to deflect, roll, open and close in different directions. In some embodiments, the control structure may include a transmission structure and a control handle, and the control handle and the execution structure are transmission connected through the transmission structure. In some embodiments, the transmission structure can be transmission connected between the control handle and the execution structure. The transmission structure can interpret the operation of the control handle into control motion and transmit it to the execution structure, thereby controlling the movement of the execution structure.
本说明书实施例提供的手持式器械通过在操控手柄与执行结构之间设置传动结构,传动结构将操控手柄的操作解析为控制运动并传递到执行结构,可以使得操控手柄与执行结构之间的运动传递更为准确。The handheld instrument provided by the embodiments of this specification provides a transmission structure between the control handle and the execution structure. The transmission structure interprets the operation of the control handle into control motion and transmits it to the execution structure, so that the movement between the control handle and the execution structure can be achieved. Delivery is more accurate.
图1A是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的手持式器械的简易结构示意图。图1B是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的手持式器械的示例性结构图。图2是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的手持式器械的示例性爆炸图。Figure 1A is a simple structural schematic diagram of a handheld instrument according to some embodiments of this specification. FIG. 1B is an exemplary structural diagram of a handheld instrument according to some embodiments of the present specification. Figure 2 is an exemplary exploded view of a handheld instrument according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
参见图1A,手持式器械100可以包括操控结构110、框架160和执行结构130。框架160可以连接在操控结构110与执行结构130之间。框架160可以实现对操控结构110和执行结构130的支撑,以及实现操控结构110和执行结构130的连接。操控结构110可以包括传动结构和操控手柄113。操控手柄113通过传动结构与执行结构130传动连接。在一些实施例中,框架160也可以容纳和支撑传动结构,例如,至少部分传动结构可以安装在框架160上。Referring to FIG. 1A , the handheld instrument 100 may include a control structure 110 , a frame 160 and an execution structure 130 . The frame 160 may be connected between the control structure 110 and the execution structure 130 . The frame 160 can support the control structure 110 and the execution structure 130 and connect the control structure 110 and the execution structure 130 . The control structure 110 may include a transmission structure and a control handle 113 . The control handle 113 is transmission connected with the execution structure 130 through the transmission structure. In some embodiments, the frame 160 may also accommodate and support the transmission structure, for example, at least part of the transmission structure may be mounted on the frame 160 .
在一些实施例中,结合图1A-图2,操控结构110的控制操作可以传递到执行结构130,以控制执行结构130执行相应的预设操作。在一些实施例中,操控结构110可以包括传动结构和操控手柄113,操控手柄113和执行结构130之间通过传动结构传动连接。在一些实施例中,操控手柄113上的各部件之间的相对转动可以通过传动结构传递到执行结构130,以控制执行结构130的至少部分能够在某一方向(例如,第一方向、第二方向)上发生偏转。在一些实施例中,操控手柄113上的各部件之间的相对转动可以通过传动结构传递到执行结构130,以控制执行结构130的至少部分能够沿执行结构130的轴线方向发生滚转。在一些实施例中,操控手柄113上的各部件之间的相对转动可以通过传动结构传递到执行结构130,以控制执行结构130的至少部分能够相对开合。In some embodiments, with reference to FIGS. 1A-2 , the control operations of the control structure 110 can be transferred to the execution structure 130 to control the execution structure 130 to perform corresponding preset operations. In some embodiments, the control structure 110 may include a transmission structure and a control handle 113, and the control handle 113 and the execution structure 130 are transmission connected through the transmission structure. In some embodiments, the relative rotation between the components on the control handle 113 can be transmitted to the execution structure 130 through the transmission structure to control at least part of the execution structure 130 to move in a certain direction (for example, the first direction, the second direction). direction). In some embodiments, the relative rotation between the components on the control handle 113 can be transmitted to the execution structure 130 through the transmission structure to control at least part of the execution structure 130 to roll along the axis direction of the execution structure 130 . In some embodiments, the relative rotation between the components on the control handle 113 can be transmitted to the execution structure 130 through the transmission structure to control at least part of the execution structure 130 to be able to open and close relatively.
操控结构110可以是操作者进行控制操作的部件或组件。操作者对操控结构110的控制操作可以通过传动结构转换为执行结构130的至少部分执行相应的预设操作。在一些实施例中,手持式器械100的操控结构110可以固定在操作者的手腕上,操作者可以通过手部以及腕部的动作来控制操控结构110,进而通过传动结构来实现对执行结构130的控制。The control structure 110 may be a component or assembly through which an operator performs control operations. The operator's control operation on the control structure 110 can be converted into at least part of the execution structure 130 to perform corresponding preset operations through the transmission structure. In some embodiments, the control structure 110 of the handheld instrument 100 can be fixed on the operator's wrist, and the operator can control the control structure 110 through hand and wrist movements, and then control the execution structure 130 through the transmission structure. control.
在一些实施例中,框架160可以包括附接件112。附接件112可以用于将手持式器械100附接在操作者便于操作的位置。例如,通过附接件112可以将手持式器械100附接在操作者的手部或腕部位置。在一些实施例中,附接件112包括开口结构,该开口结构可以为拱形的开口结构。拱形开口结构可以具有两个端部,分别为第一端部1111和第二端部1112(如图2所示)。第一端部1111和第二端部1112之间可以具有用于穿入手腕的开口,手持式器械100使用时,附接件112可以位于手腕处。在手持式器械100的穿戴(和/或取下)过程中,可以通过第一端部1111和第二端部1112之间的开口,直接将手腕伸入(和/或离开)附接件112,以实现手持式器械100的佩戴(和/或取下)。在一些实施例中,附接件112的拱形开口结构可以包括C型、U型、弧形等具有开口的半开放式结构。在一些实施例中,附接件112为半开放式结构时,附接件112的开口可以位于附接件112的底部(如图1B和图2所示)。在一些实施例中,附接件112的开口也可以位于附接件112的其他位置,例如,侧部。可以理解的是,能够保证附接件112上的开口位置不影响其他结构(例如,第一转轴141、第二转轴142等)的布置,附接件112的开口可以位于附接件112的任意位置处,本说明书对此不做具体限定。In some embodiments, frame 160 may include attachments 112 . Attachment 112 may be used to attach handheld instrument 100 in a location convenient for the operator. For example, handheld instrument 100 may be attached at the operator's hand or wrist via attachment 112 . In some embodiments, the attachment 112 includes an opening structure, which may be an arched opening structure. The arched opening structure may have two ends, namely a first end 1111 and a second end 1112 (as shown in Figure 2). There may be an opening between the first end 1111 and the second end 1112 for penetrating into the wrist, and the attachment 112 may be located at the wrist when the handheld instrument 100 is used. During donning (and/or removal) of the handheld device 100, the wrist can be inserted directly into (and/or out of) the attachment 112 through the opening between the first end 1111 and the second end 1112 , to achieve wearing (and/or taking off) the handheld device 100 . In some embodiments, the arched opening structure of the attachment 112 may include a C-shaped, U-shaped, arc-shaped, or other semi-open structure with an opening. In some embodiments, when the attachment 112 has a semi-open structure, the opening of the attachment 112 may be located at the bottom of the attachment 112 (as shown in FIGS. 1B and 2 ). In some embodiments, the opening of attachment 112 may also be located at other locations on attachment 112, such as on the side. It can be understood that it can be ensured that the position of the opening on the attachment 112 does not affect the arrangement of other structures (for example, the first rotating shaft 141, the second rotating shaft 142, etc.), and the opening of the attachment 112 can be located anywhere on the attachment 112. The location is not specifically limited in this manual.
通过将附接件112的结构设置成半开放式,可以使得手持式器械100穿戴和/或取下的操作过程更为方便快捷,从而便于在手术过程中更换器械。具体地,通过将附接件112的结构设置成半开放式,操作者可以单手实现手持式器械100的佩戴和/或取下,如操作者的手部或腕部可以直接从附接件112的开口处伸入完成佩戴过程。这种设置方式能够克服现有闭环式结构的手持式器械需要双手操作或助手(如护士)辅助穿戴的问题。此外,附接件112的结构设置为半开放式,附接件112位于手腕处时对手腕的束缚较少,从而可以释放腕部的运动空间,便于操作者执行操作。例如,操作者佩戴手持式器械100进行手术时,需要转动腕部以控制手持式器械100的执行结构130执行相 应手术操作,由于半开放式的附接件112对操作者手腕的束缚较少,操作者的腕部在转动时可以不受附接件112的束缚,减轻操作者的腕部疲劳,从而便于操作者进行手术操作。By configuring the structure of the attachment 112 to be semi-open, the process of putting on and/or taking off the handheld instrument 100 can be made more convenient and faster, thereby facilitating the replacement of the instrument during the operation. Specifically, by configuring the structure of the attachment 112 to be semi-open, the operator can put on and/or take off the handheld instrument 100 with one hand. For example, the operator's hand or wrist can be directly removed from the attachment. 112 is inserted into the opening to complete the wearing process. This arrangement can overcome the problem that existing closed-loop structure handheld instruments require both hands to operate or an assistant (such as a nurse) to assist in wearing. In addition, the structure of the attachment 112 is set to be semi-open. When the attachment 112 is located at the wrist, it has less constraints on the wrist, thereby freeing up the movement space of the wrist and making it easier for the operator to perform operations. For example, when an operator wears the handheld instrument 100 for surgery, he needs to rotate his wrist to control the execution structure 130 of the handheld instrument 100 to perform the corresponding surgical operation. Since the semi-open attachment 112 has less constraints on the operator's wrist, The operator's wrist can be freed from the constraints of the attachment 112 when rotating, thereby reducing the operator's wrist fatigue, thus facilitating the operator's surgical operation.
在一些实施例中,附接件112还可以包括与半开放结构的两个端部连接设置的结合件,该结合件用于实现附接件112结构的开放和闭合。例如,在一些具体实施例中,结合件一端可以可转动连接半开放结构的一个端部,结合件的另一端与半开放结构的另一端卡接,通过调整转动连接端与卡接端的连接状态以实现附接件112结构的开放和闭合。In some embodiments, the attachment 112 may also include a coupling member connected to two ends of the semi-open structure, and the coupling member is used to open and close the structure of the attachment 112 . For example, in some specific embodiments, one end of the coupling member can be rotatably connected to one end of the semi-open structure, and the other end of the coupling member is snap-connected to the other end of the semi-open structure. By adjusting the connection state of the rotating connection end and the snap-in connection end To achieve the opening and closing of the attachment 112 structure.
在一些实施例中,附接件112用于将手持式器械100佩戴在手腕上。为了提高手持式器械100佩戴时的稳定性和舒适性,附接件112上可以设有气囊、柔性腕带1121和刚性可弯曲腕带等中的至少一种。在一些实施例中,附接件112的内侧面可以设有气囊,附接件112位于手腕处时,气囊环绕贴附在手腕上,附接件112通过气囊固定在手腕处。在一些实施例中,气囊的充气量可以根据操作者的手腕尺寸来适应性调节,以使附接件112能够固定于不同操作者的手腕处。同时,还可以通过调节气囊的充气量来调整附接件112固定于手腕时的松紧度,从而提高操作者的操作体验和佩戴舒适度。In some embodiments, attachment 112 is used to wear handheld instrument 100 on the wrist. In order to improve the stability and comfort of the handheld instrument 100 when worn, the attachment 112 may be provided with at least one of an air bag, a flexible wristband 1121, a rigid and flexible wristband, and the like. In some embodiments, the inner side of the attachment 112 may be provided with an airbag. When the attachment 112 is located at the wrist, the airbag surrounds and adheres to the wrist, and the attachment 112 is fixed at the wrist through the airbag. In some embodiments, the inflation volume of the air bag can be adaptively adjusted according to the operator's wrist size, so that the attachment 112 can be fixed on the wrists of different operators. At the same time, the tightness of the attachment 112 when fixed on the wrist can also be adjusted by adjusting the inflation amount of the air bag, thereby improving the operator's operating experience and wearing comfort.
图3是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的柔性腕带的示例性结构图。在一些实施例中,附接件112的内侧面上可以设有柔性腕带1121。在一些实施例中,柔性腕带1121可以是由柔性材料制作而成的带状结构。例如,柔性腕带1121可以是尼龙绳,尼龙绳可以系在手腕上。在另一些实施例中,柔性腕带1121可以是由弹性材料制作而成的带状结构,弹性材料可以使得柔性腕带1121能够与手腕更紧密连接。在一些实施例中,柔性腕带1121可以包括固定部11211和形变部11212。柔性腕带1121通过固定部11211与附接件112连接,手持式器械100使用时,形变部11212连接到手腕周侧。在一些实施例中,形变部11212在外力作用下可以发生弹性形变(例如,拉伸后发生变形),在将形变部11212连接到手腕上以后,在弹性回复力的作用下可以实现形变部11212与手腕紧密连接。在一些实施例中,软性材料可以包括但不限于橡胶材料、硅胶材料、聚氯乙烯(PVC)等中的一种或多种。Figure 3 is an exemplary structural diagram of a flexible wristband according to some embodiments of the present specification. In some embodiments, a flexible wristband 1121 may be provided on the inner side of the attachment 112 . In some embodiments, the flexible wristband 1121 may be a belt-like structure made of flexible material. For example, the flexible wristband 1121 may be a nylon cord, and the nylon cord may be tied around the wrist. In other embodiments, the flexible wristband 1121 may be a belt-shaped structure made of elastic material, and the elastic material may enable the flexible wristband 1121 to be more closely connected to the wrist. In some embodiments, the flexible wristband 1121 may include a fixation part 11211 and a deformation part 11212. The flexible wristband 1121 is connected to the attachment 112 through the fixing part 11211. When the handheld instrument 100 is used, the deformation part 11212 is connected to the peripheral side of the wrist. In some embodiments, the deformation part 11212 can undergo elastic deformation (for example, deformation after stretching) under the action of external force. After the deformation part 11212 is connected to the wrist, the deformation part 11212 can be realized under the action of elastic restoring force. Tightly connected to the wrist. In some embodiments, the soft material may include, but is not limited to, one or more of rubber materials, silicone materials, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), and the like.
在一些实施例中,附接件112的内侧面上也可以设有刚性可弯曲腕带。刚性可弯曲腕带可以是由刚性材料制作而成的带状结构。在一些实施例中,刚性可弯曲腕带的至少部分结构可以固定连接于附接件112。例如,刚性可弯曲腕带的中部固定连接于附接件112的内侧面的顶部,刚性可弯曲腕带的其余部分环绕在附接件112的内周侧,且刚性可弯曲腕带的两端自由设置。在一些实施例中,由刚性材料制作而成的刚性可弯曲腕带在外力作用下可以变形(例如,弯曲变形),并在变形时能够实现附接件112与手腕的附接。例如,可以通过腕部触碰刚性可弯曲腕带使刚性可弯曲腕带受力弯曲,刚性可弯曲腕带弯曲后与手腕紧密附接,从而实现附接件112与手腕的附接。仅作为示例,刚性可弯曲腕带可以包括啪啪圈、钢片腕带等。在一些实施例中,刚性材料可以包括金属(如记忆合金)。In some embodiments, a rigid flexible wrist strap may also be provided on the inner side of attachment 112 . The rigid flexible wristband may be a strap-like structure made of rigid material. In some embodiments, at least a portion of the structure of the rigid flexible wristband may be fixedly connected to attachment 112 . For example, the middle part of the rigid flexible wristband is fixedly connected to the top of the inner side of the attachment 112, the remaining part of the rigid flexible wristband surrounds the inner circumferential side of the attachment 112, and both ends of the rigid flexible wristband Free settings. In some embodiments, a rigid flexible wristband made of rigid material can be deformed (eg, bent and deformed) under the action of external force, and can achieve attachment of the attachment 112 to the wrist when deformed. For example, the rigid flexible wristband can be bent by the wrist touching the rigid flexible wristband, and the rigid flexible wristband can be tightly attached to the wrist after being bent, thereby achieving the attachment of the attachment 112 to the wrist. By way of example only, rigid bendable wristbands may include snap rings, steel wristbands, and the like. In some embodiments, the rigid material may include metal (such as memory alloy).
图4是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的附接件的另一示例性结构图。在一些实施例中,附接件112可以包括第一夹持部1122、第二夹持部1123和距离调节机构1124,距离调节机构1124可以调节第一夹持部1122和第二夹持部1123之间的间距。手持式器械100在使用时,第一夹持部1122和第二夹持部1123夹持在手腕上。在一些实施例中,距离调节结构1124可以包括齿轮齿条、涡轮蜗杆等组件。仅作为示例性说明,距离调节机构1124包括齿轮和齿条时,齿轮和齿条中的一个与第一夹持部1122连接,另一个与第二夹持部1123连接,且齿轮和齿条啮合。通过调节齿轮与齿条之间的相对位置,可以调整第一夹持部1122和第二夹持部1123之间的距离。在一些实施例中,第一夹持部1122和第二夹持部1123可以包括柔性结构1125(例如软垫),手持式器械100在使用时,柔性结构1125与手腕接触。通过在第一夹持部1122和第二夹持部1123上设置柔性结构1125,可以使附接件112能够适应不同大小的手腕的同时还能提高佩戴舒适度。Figure 4 is another exemplary structural diagram of an attachment according to some embodiments of the present specification. In some embodiments, the attachment 112 may include a first clamping part 1122, a second clamping part 1123, and a distance adjustment mechanism 1124, and the distance adjustment mechanism 1124 may adjust the first clamping part 1122 and the second clamping part 1123 spacing between. When the handheld instrument 100 is in use, the first clamping part 1122 and the second clamping part 1123 are clamped on the wrist. In some embodiments, the distance adjustment structure 1124 may include components such as a gear rack and a worm gear. For example only, when the distance adjustment mechanism 1124 includes a gear and a rack, one of the gear and the rack is connected to the first clamping part 1122, the other is connected to the second clamping part 1123, and the gear and the rack are engaged. . By adjusting the relative position between the gear and the rack, the distance between the first clamping part 1122 and the second clamping part 1123 can be adjusted. In some embodiments, the first clamping portion 1122 and the second clamping portion 1123 may include a flexible structure 1125 (eg, a soft pad) that contacts the wrist when the handheld instrument 100 is in use. By providing the flexible structure 1125 on the first clamping part 1122 and the second clamping part 1123, the attachment 112 can be adapted to wrists of different sizes while also improving wearing comfort.
在另一些实施例中,附接件112也可以为能够套设在手腕上的环状结构,手持式器械100在使用时,操作者手部以及腕部穿过环状结构以实现佩戴。In other embodiments, the attachment 112 may also be a ring-shaped structure that can be put on the wrist. When the handheld device 100 is in use, the operator's hand and wrist pass through the ring-shaped structure to wear it.
在一些实施例中,框架160可以包括快换组件120。图5是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的快换组件的示例性结构图。结合图1B、图2和图5,快换组件120可以包括可拆卸连接的动力部120-1和驱动部120-2。动力部120-1与操控结构110的传动结构(例如,下文的偏转部111)连接,驱动部120-2与执行结构130(例如,下文的杆状结构133)连接。在一些实施例中,动力部120-1可以包括第一壳体121-1,驱动部120-2包括第二壳体121-2。第一壳体121-1可以设于传动结构(例如,下文的偏转部111)上,第二壳体121-2设于第一壳体121-1上,第二壳体121-2与执行结构130连接。第一壳体121-1与第二壳体121-2之间可拆卸连接,由此可以实现执行结构130与操控结 构110之间的可拆卸。第一壳体121-1可以对动力部120-1的至少部分结构进行封装,第二壳体121-2可以对驱动部120-2的至少部分结构进行封装。在一些实施例中,第一壳体121-1与第二壳体121-2之间的连接方式可以是可拆卸连接。仅作为示例性说明,第一壳体121-1与第二壳体121-2之间可以通过卡扣方式进行连接。通过将第一壳体121-1与第二壳体121-2之间的连接方式设置成可拆卸连接,可以便于对手持式器械100进行拆卸和/或组装,从而有利于对手持式器械100进行清洗、消毒和灭菌等操作。在其他可替代实施例中,第一壳体121-1与第二壳体121-2之间也可以通过其他方式进行连接,例如,弹簧挂钩等。在一些实施例中,传动结构中的至少部分结构也可以穿过框架160,实现操控结构110与执行结构130之间的传动连接。例如,下文中描述的传动结构的运动传递组件可以至少部分穿过动力部120-1和驱动部120-2。In some embodiments, frame 160 may include quick change assembly 120 . Figure 5 is an exemplary structural diagram of a quick-change assembly according to some embodiments of this specification. 1B, 2 and 5, the quick change assembly 120 may include a detachably connected power part 120-1 and a driving part 120-2. The power part 120-1 is connected to the transmission structure of the control structure 110 (for example, the deflection part 111 below), and the driving part 120-2 is connected to the execution structure 130 (for example, the rod structure 133 below). In some embodiments, the power part 120-1 may include a first housing 121-1, and the driving part 120-2 may include a second housing 121-2. The first housing 121-1 can be provided on the transmission structure (for example, the deflection part 111 below), the second housing 121-2 can be provided on the first housing 121-1, and the second housing 121-2 is connected to the execution structure. Structure 130 connections. The first housing 121-1 and the second housing 121-2 are detachably connected, whereby the execution structure 130 and the control structure 110 can be detachably connected. The first housing 121-1 can package at least part of the structure of the power part 120-1, and the second housing 121-2 can package at least part of the structure of the driving part 120-2. In some embodiments, the connection between the first housing 121-1 and the second housing 121-2 may be a detachable connection. For illustrative purposes only, the first housing 121-1 and the second housing 121-2 may be connected by snapping. By setting the connection mode between the first housing 121-1 and the second housing 121-2 to be a detachable connection, the handheld instrument 100 can be easily disassembled and/or assembled, thereby facilitating the handheld instrument 100. Carry out operations such as cleaning, disinfection and sterilization. In other alternative embodiments, the first housing 121-1 and the second housing 121-2 can also be connected through other means, such as spring hooks, etc. In some embodiments, at least part of the transmission structure can also pass through the frame 160 to realize the transmission connection between the control structure 110 and the execution structure 130 . For example, the motion transmission component of the transmission structure described below may at least partially pass through the power part 120-1 and the driving part 120-2.
在一些实施例中,传动结构可以用于实现操控结构110(例如,操控手柄113)与执行结构130之间的传动连接。操控手柄113的控制操作可以通过传动结构传递至执行结构130,以使执行结构130执行相应的操作。在一些实施例中,传动结构可以包括运动解析组件和运动传递组件。运动解析组件可以连接于操控手柄113和框架160之间,运动传递组件的至少部分穿过框架160与执行结构130连接。运动解析组件可以用于将操控手柄113的操作解析为控制运动并传递给运动传递组件,进一步地,运动传递组件能够将解析后的控制运动传递到执行结构130,从而控制执行结构130的运动。在一些实施例中,运动传递组件可以包括绳传动组件。示例性的,绳传动组件可以包括线轮、传动绳、牵引索等。在另一些实施例中,运动传递组件可以包括齿轮齿条、蜗轮蜗杆等。In some embodiments, the transmission structure can be used to realize the transmission connection between the control structure 110 (for example, the control handle 113) and the execution structure 130. The control operation of the control handle 113 can be transmitted to the execution structure 130 through the transmission structure, so that the execution structure 130 performs corresponding operations. In some embodiments, the transmission structure may include a motion analysis component and a motion transmission component. The motion analysis component may be connected between the control handle 113 and the frame 160 , and at least part of the motion transmission component passes through the frame 160 and is connected to the execution structure 130 . The motion analysis component can be used to analyze the operation of the control handle 113 into a control motion and transmit it to the motion transmission component. Further, the motion transmission component can transmit the analyzed control motion to the execution structure 130, thereby controlling the movement of the execution structure 130. In some embodiments, the motion transfer assembly may include a rope drive assembly. By way of example, the rope transmission assembly may include a wire pulley, a transmission rope, a traction rope, etc. In other embodiments, the motion transmission assembly may include a rack and pinion, a worm gear, or the like.
在一些实施例中,运动解析组件可以包括串联解析机构。串联解析机构可以是指若干个具有单一自由度的机构顺序联接,每个前置机构的输出运动是后置机构的运动输入,由此形成的串联式组合机构。串联解析机构可以将操控手柄113的操作解析为串联控制运动。操控手柄113的控制操作经串联解析机构解析为串联控制运动后,该串联控制运动能够控制执行结构130依次执行相应操作(例如,偏转、滚转、开合运动中的任一种)。例如,操控手柄113的控制操作经串联解析机构解析为串联控制运动后,执行结构130可以先进行偏转,然后在偏转的基础上再进行滚转,最后执行开合运动。在一些实施例中,继续参见图1B和图2,串联解析机构可以包括偏转部111,偏转部111与框架160可转动连接。在一些实施例中,偏转部111可以呈拱形开口结构,偏转部111设于附接件112与框架160之间,附接件112与框架160固定连接,运动传递组件(例如,绳传动组件)的至少部分穿过框架160,偏转部111相对框架160的转动操作可以通过运动传递组件传递给执行结构130。In some embodiments, the motion resolution component may include a tandem resolution mechanism. A series analytical mechanism can refer to a series combination mechanism formed by the sequential connection of several mechanisms with a single degree of freedom. The output motion of each front mechanism is the motion input of the rear mechanism. The series analysis mechanism can analyze the operation of the control handle 113 into series control motion. After the control operation of the control handle 113 is parsed into a series control movement by the series analysis mechanism, the series control movement can control the execution structure 130 to perform corresponding operations in sequence (for example, any one of deflection, rolling, opening and closing movements). For example, after the control operation of the control handle 113 is analyzed into a series control movement by the series analysis mechanism, the execution structure 130 can first deflect, then roll based on the deflection, and finally perform an opening and closing movement. In some embodiments, continuing to refer to FIGS. 1B and 2 , the series resolution mechanism may include a deflection portion 111 rotatably connected to the frame 160 . In some embodiments, the deflection part 111 may have an arched opening structure. The deflection part 111 is provided between the attachment 112 and the frame 160. The attachment 112 is fixedly connected to the frame 160. The motion transmission assembly (for example, a rope transmission assembly) ) at least partially passes through the frame 160, and the rotation operation of the deflection portion 111 relative to the frame 160 can be transmitted to the execution structure 130 through the motion transmission assembly.
在一些实施例中,操控手柄113与偏转部111转动连接。在一些实施例中,操控手柄113可以通过第一转轴141与偏转部111转动连接,且第一转轴141与执行结构130传动连接。操作操控手柄113时,操控手柄113能够相对偏转部111进行转动,操控手柄113相对偏转部111的转动可以通过运动传递组件传递到执行结构130,使得执行结构130的至少部分在第一方向上进行偏转。偏转部111可以将操控手柄113相对偏转部111的转动解析为第一偏转控制运动并传递给运动传递组件,进一步地,第一偏转控制运动能够通过运动传递组件传递给执行结构130,从而控制执行结构130的至少部分在第一方向上进行偏转。第一方向可以是图1B中所示的“z”方向。在一些实施例中,执行结构130的至少部分在第一方向上的偏转也可以称为俯仰偏转。在一些实施例中,第一转轴141可以垂直于第一方向。In some embodiments, the control handle 113 is rotationally connected to the deflection portion 111 . In some embodiments, the control handle 113 can be rotationally connected to the deflection portion 111 through the first rotating shaft 141 , and the first rotating shaft 141 is transmission connected to the execution structure 130 . When the control handle 113 is operated, the control handle 113 can rotate relative to the deflection portion 111 , and the rotation of the control handle 113 relative to the deflection portion 111 can be transmitted to the execution structure 130 through the motion transmission component, so that at least part of the execution structure 130 moves in the first direction. deflection. The deflection part 111 can analyze the rotation of the control handle 113 relative to the deflection part 111 into a first deflection control movement and transmit it to the motion transmission component. Furthermore, the first deflection control movement can be transmitted to the execution structure 130 through the motion transmission component, thereby controlling the execution. At least a portion of structure 130 is deflected in a first direction. The first direction may be the "z" direction shown in Figure IB. In some embodiments, the deflection of at least part of the actuating structure 130 in the first direction may also be referred to as pitch deflection. In some embodiments, the first rotation axis 141 may be perpendicular to the first direction.
在一些实施例中,操控手柄113可以包括连接件1131,操控手柄113通过连接件1131和第一转轴141与偏转部111转动连接。在一些实施例中,连接件1131可以为弯曲框架结构并具有两个端部。连接件1131的至少部分(例如,中部位置)可以与操控手柄113固定连接,连接件1131的两个端部分别通过第一转轴141与偏转部111连接。在一些实施例中,当控制操控手柄113在第一方向上相对第一转轴141转动时,操控手柄113可以通过连接件1131带动第一转轴141进行转动,从而实现操控手柄113相对偏转部111的转动。在一些实施例中,第一转轴141可以通过运动传递组件与执行结构130连接,第一转轴141的转动(也就是操控手柄113相对偏转部111的转动)可以通过运动传递组件传递到执行结构130,并使得执行结构130的至少部分(例如,偏转段132)在第一方向上进行偏转。在另一些实施例中,连接件1131也可以是杆状结构,杆状结构的一端与操控手柄113连接,另一端与第一转轴141转动连接。需要说明的是,上面连接件1131的结构仅作为示例性描述,并不用于限定,在其他实施例中,连接件1131也可以包括其他结构,例如,类“Y”形结构。In some embodiments, the control handle 113 may include a connecting member 1131 , and the control handle 113 is rotationally connected to the deflection part 111 through the connecting member 1131 and the first rotating shaft 141 . In some embodiments, the connector 1131 may be a curved frame structure with two ends. At least part of the connecting member 1131 (eg, the middle position) may be fixedly connected to the control handle 113 , and two ends of the connecting member 1131 are connected to the deflection part 111 through the first rotating shaft 141 respectively. In some embodiments, when the control handle 113 is controlled to rotate relative to the first rotating shaft 141 in the first direction, the control handle 113 can drive the first rotating shaft 141 to rotate through the connecting piece 1131, thereby realizing the rotation of the control handle 113 relative to the deflection portion 111. Turn. In some embodiments, the first rotating shaft 141 can be connected to the execution structure 130 through a motion transmission assembly, and the rotation of the first rotating shaft 141 (that is, the rotation of the control handle 113 relative to the deflection portion 111) can be transmitted to the execution structure 130 through the motion transmission assembly. , and causing at least part of the actuating structure 130 (eg, the deflection section 132) to deflect in the first direction. In other embodiments, the connecting member 1131 may also be a rod-shaped structure. One end of the rod-shaped structure is connected to the control handle 113 and the other end is rotationally connected to the first rotating shaft 141 . It should be noted that the above structure of the connecting member 1131 is only described as an example and is not intended to be limiting. In other embodiments, the connecting member 1131 may also include other structures, such as a "Y"-like structure.
在一些实施例中,执行结构130与框架160(如快换组件120)固定连接。框架160与偏转部111转动连接。在一些实施例中,偏转部111可以通过第二转轴142与框架160转动连接,且第 二转轴142通过运动传递组件与执行结构130连接。偏转部111可以将偏转部111相对于框架160的转动解析为第二偏转控制运动并传递给运动传递组件,进一步地,第二偏转控制运动能够通过运动传递组件传递给执行结构130,从而控制执行结构130的至少部分在第二方向上进行偏转。第二方向可以是图1B中所示的“y”方向。在一些实施例中,执行结构130的至少部分在第二方向上的偏转也可以称为水平偏转。在一些实施例中,第二转轴142可以垂直于第二方向。In some embodiments, the execution structure 130 is fixedly connected to the frame 160 (such as the quick change assembly 120). The frame 160 is rotatably connected to the deflection part 111 . In some embodiments, the deflection portion 111 can be rotationally connected to the frame 160 through the second rotating shaft 142, and the second rotating shaft 142 is connected to the execution structure 130 through the motion transmission assembly. The deflection part 111 can analyze the rotation of the deflection part 111 relative to the frame 160 into a second deflection control movement and transmit it to the motion transmission component. Furthermore, the second deflection control movement can be transmitted to the execution structure 130 through the motion transmission component, thereby controlling the execution. At least part of structure 130 is deflected in the second direction. The second direction may be the "y" direction shown in Figure IB. In some embodiments, the deflection of at least part of the execution structure 130 in the second direction may also be referred to as horizontal deflection. In some embodiments, the second axis of rotation 142 may be perpendicular to the second direction.
在一些实施例中,第二转轴142的一端可以与偏转部111固定连接,偏转部111通过第二转轴142与框架160转动连接。第二转轴142的另一端与执行结构130通过运动传递组件传动连接,偏转部111相对框架160的转动能够转换为执行结构130的偏转运动。在一些实施例中,偏转部111连接在手腕上时,操作者通过控制操控手柄113,使得操控手柄113在第二方向上相对第二转轴142转动,从而带动偏转部111相对于框架160进行转动,偏转部111相对框架160的转动可以通过运动传递组件传递到执行结构130,使得执行结构130的至少部分(例如,偏转段132)在第二方向上进行偏转。In some embodiments, one end of the second rotating shaft 142 may be fixedly connected to the deflecting part 111 , and the deflecting part 111 is rotationally connected to the frame 160 through the second rotating shaft 142 . The other end of the second rotating shaft 142 is drivingly connected to the execution structure 130 through a motion transmission assembly, and the rotation of the deflection portion 111 relative to the frame 160 can be converted into a deflection motion of the execution structure 130 . In some embodiments, when the deflection part 111 is connected to the wrist, the operator controls the control handle 113 so that the control handle 113 rotates relative to the second rotation axis 142 in the second direction, thereby driving the deflection part 111 to rotate relative to the frame 160 , the rotation of the deflection portion 111 relative to the frame 160 can be transmitted to the execution structure 130 through the motion transmission assembly, so that at least part of the execution structure 130 (eg, the deflection section 132) is deflected in the second direction.
在一些实施例中,第一方向与第二方向之间可以具有大于0°而小于180°的夹角。在一些实施例中,如图1B和图2所示,第一方向与第二方向可以垂直。执行结构130的至少部分能够在第一方向和第二方向上进行偏转,可以便于手持式器械100在手术过程中以合适的角度对手术部位执行操作。In some embodiments, the first direction and the second direction may have an included angle greater than 0° and less than 180°. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 1B and FIG. 2 , the first direction and the second direction may be perpendicular. At least part of the execution structure 130 can be deflected in the first direction and the second direction, which can facilitate the handheld instrument 100 to perform operations on the surgical site at a suitable angle during surgery.
图6是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的执行结构的示例性结构图。结合图1B和图6所示,执行结构130可以包括远端执行器131、偏转段132和杆状结构133。其中,杆状结构133的一端与偏转段132的一端连接,杆状结构133的另一端与框架160(如快换组件120)连接,远端执行器131与偏转段132的另一端连接。在一些实施例中,执行结构130的至少部分在第一方向和第二方向上的偏转可以是偏转段132在第一方向和第二方向上的偏转。Figure 6 is an exemplary block diagram of an execution structure shown in accordance with some embodiments of this specification. As shown in FIG. 1B and FIG. 6 , the execution structure 130 may include a distal effector 131 , a deflection section 132 and a rod-shaped structure 133 . One end of the rod-shaped structure 133 is connected to one end of the deflection section 132, the other end of the rod-shaped structure 133 is connected to the frame 160 (such as the quick change assembly 120), and the remote actuator 131 is connected to the other end of the deflection section 132. In some embodiments, at least part of the deflection of the actuator structure 130 in the first and second directions may be a deflection of the deflection segment 132 in the first and second directions.
在一些实施例中,第一转轴141可以通过运动传递组件与偏转段132连接,运动传递组件可以将第一转轴141的转动(也即是操控手柄113相对偏转部111的转动)传递到偏转段132,使得偏转段132在第一方向上进行偏转。仅作为示例,运动传递组件可以包括第一偏转线轮和第一偏转牵引索,第一偏转线轮与第一转轴141同轴布置,第一偏转牵引索的一端绕设于第一偏转线轮上,第一偏转牵引索的另一端与偏转段132连接。第一转轴141转动时可以带动第一偏转线轮转动,第一偏转线轮的转动通过第一偏转牵引索传递到偏转段132,从而驱动偏转段132在第一方向上偏转。In some embodiments, the first rotating shaft 141 can be connected to the deflection section 132 through a motion transmission assembly. The motion transmission assembly can transmit the rotation of the first rotating shaft 141 (that is, the rotation of the control handle 113 relative to the deflection portion 111) to the deflection section. 132, causing the deflection section 132 to deflect in the first direction. For example only, the motion transmission assembly may include a first deflection wire wheel and a first deflection traction cable. The first deflection wire wheel is coaxially arranged with the first rotating shaft 141 , and one end of the first deflection traction cable is wound around the first deflection wire wheel. On the other hand, the other end of the first deflection traction cable is connected to the deflection section 132 . When the first rotating shaft 141 rotates, it can drive the first deflection wire wheel to rotate. The rotation of the first deflection wire wheel is transmitted to the deflection section 132 through the first deflection traction cable, thereby driving the deflection section 132 to deflect in the first direction.
在一些实施例中,第二转轴142可以通过运动传递组件与偏转段132连接,运动传递组件可以将第二转轴142的转动(也即是偏转部111相对框架160的转动)传递到偏转段132,使得偏转段132在第二方向上进行偏转。仅作为示例,运动传递组件可以包括第二偏转线轮和第二偏转牵引索,第二偏转线轮与第二转轴142同轴布置,第二偏转牵引索的一端绕设于第二偏转线轮上,第二偏转牵引索的另一端与偏转段132连接。第二转轴142转动时可以带动第二偏转线轮转动,第二偏转线轮的转动通过第二偏转牵引索传递到偏转段132,从而驱动偏转段132在第二方向上偏转。In some embodiments, the second rotating shaft 142 can be connected to the deflection section 132 through a motion transmission assembly, and the motion transmission assembly can transmit the rotation of the second rotating shaft 142 (that is, the rotation of the deflection portion 111 relative to the frame 160 ) to the deflection section 132 , causing the deflection section 132 to deflect in the second direction. For example only, the motion transmission assembly may include a second deflection wire wheel and a second deflection traction cable. The second deflection wire wheel is coaxially arranged with the second rotating shaft 142 , and one end of the second deflection traction cable is wound around the second deflection wire wheel. On the other side, the other end of the second deflection traction cable is connected to the deflection section 132 . When the second rotating shaft 142 rotates, it can drive the second deflection wire wheel to rotate. The rotation of the second deflection wire wheel is transmitted to the deflection section 132 through the second deflection traction cable, thereby driving the deflection section 132 to deflect in the second direction.
在一些实施例中,偏转段132可以是柔性偏转关节。柔性偏转关节能够弯曲或绕自身轴线旋转以带动执行结构130进行偏转运动或转动运动。仅作为示例,柔性偏转关节可以包括蛇骨结构。关于偏转段132的更多内容可以参见本说明书其他地方,例如,图9-图23的相关描述。In some embodiments, deflection segment 132 may be a flexible deflection joint. The flexible deflection joint can bend or rotate around its own axis to drive the execution structure 130 to perform deflection or rotational motion. By way of example only, the flexible deflection joint may include a snake bone structure. More information about the deflection section 132 can be found elsewhere in this specification, for example, the relevant descriptions of Figures 9-23.
参见图1B-图6,在一些实施例中,采用连接件1131与偏转部111的转动连接形成第一转轴141,偏转部111与框架160的转动连接形成第二转轴142,第一转轴141与第二转轴142垂直且相交,这种结构以及结构之间的连接方式的组合可以称为双关节串联传动机构。双关节串联传动机构可以将操控手柄113的运动分解转换为两个转轴(即,第一转轴141和第二转轴142)的转动,并将该两个转轴的转动用于驱动控制执行结构130的偏转运动。需要说明的是,双关节串联传动机构方案中,附接件112可以为非必要构件,也就是手持式器械100可以不包括附接件112。图7A是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的另一手持式器械的示例性结构图。图7A中所示的手持式器械与图1B中所示的手持式器械100的区别在于,图7A中所示的手持式器械不包括附接件112,此时,手持式器械不与手腕附接,操作者直接通过握持操控手柄113来控制手持式器械的操作。在一些实施例中,操作者可以通过握持操控手柄113来使得偏转部111与手腕不接触的情况下控制第一转轴141和第二转轴142的转动,从而实现控制偏转段132的偏转。可以理解的是,当操控手柄113和执行结构130之间采用双关节串联传动机构实现传动时,附接件112为非必要构件,因为操控手柄113通过该双关节串联传动机构可以支撑手持式器械。Referring to FIGS. 1B to 6 , in some embodiments, the first rotation axis 141 is formed by the rotational connection between the connecting piece 1131 and the deflection part 111 , and the second rotation axis 142 is formed by the rotational connection between the deflection part 111 and the frame 160 . The first rotation axis 141 and The second rotating axes 142 are perpendicular and intersecting. The combination of this structure and the connection method between the structures can be called a double-joint series transmission mechanism. The double-joint series transmission mechanism can decompose and convert the motion of the control handle 113 into the rotation of two rotating shafts (ie, the first rotating shaft 141 and the second rotating shaft 142 ), and use the rotation of the two rotating shafts to drive the control execution structure 130 deflection movement. It should be noted that in the double-joint series transmission mechanism solution, the attachment 112 may be an optional component, that is, the handheld instrument 100 may not include the attachment 112 . Figure 7A is an exemplary structural diagram of another handheld instrument according to some embodiments of the present specification. The handheld instrument shown in FIG. 7A differs from the handheld instrument 100 shown in FIG. 1B in that the handheld instrument shown in FIG. 7A does not include an attachment 112. In this case, the handheld instrument is not attached to the wrist. Then, the operator directly controls the operation of the handheld instrument by holding the control handle 113. In some embodiments, the operator can control the rotation of the first rotating shaft 141 and the second rotating shaft 142 by holding the control handle 113 so that the deflecting portion 111 does not contact the wrist, thereby controlling the deflection of the deflecting section 132 . It can be understood that when a double-joint series transmission mechanism is used to achieve transmission between the control handle 113 and the execution structure 130, the attachment 112 is an unnecessary component, because the control handle 113 can support the handheld instrument through the double-joint series transmission mechanism. .
需要说明的是,偏转段132在第一方向和第二方向上的偏转都可以通过线轮和牵引索实现,此时,可以通过设置牵引索与偏转段132的连接位置来控制偏转段132的偏转方向。例如,第一牵 引索的两端与偏转段132的连接位置可以在偏转段132在第一方向上对称的位置,第二牵引索的两端与偏转段132的连接位置可以在偏转段132在第二方向上对称的位置。It should be noted that the deflection of the deflection section 132 in both the first direction and the second direction can be achieved by a wire wheel and a traction cable. At this time, the connection position of the traction cable and the deflection section 132 can be set to control the deflection section 132 . deflection direction. For example, the connection position between the two ends of the first traction rope and the deflection section 132 can be at a position where the deflection section 132 is symmetrical in the first direction, and the connection position between the two ends of the second traction rope and the deflection section 132 can be at a position where the deflection section 132 is symmetrical in the first direction. symmetrical position in the second direction.
在一些实施例中,远端执行器131与偏转段132连接,偏转段132在第一方向和/或第二方向上进行偏转时可以带动远端执行器131在第一方向和/或第二方向上进行偏转,使得远端执行器131可以以合适的角度对手术部位执行操作。In some embodiments, the distal effector 131 is connected to the deflection section 132. When the deflection section 132 deflects in the first direction and/or the second direction, it can drive the distal effector 131 to move in the first direction and/or the second direction. The distal effector 131 can be deflected in the direction so that the distal effector 131 can perform operations on the surgical site at a suitable angle.
参见图1A-图2,在一些实施例中,杆状结构133的另一端(远离偏转段132的一端)与框架160之间的连接方式可以是可拆卸连接。在一些实施例中,由于手术过程中执行结构130需要伸入到患者体内进行手术动作,因此执行结构130是不允许重复使用的,也就是执行结构130属于一次性产品,而手持式器械100的其他部件,例如框架160和操控结构130是可以重复使用的。基于此,执行结构130与框架160之间可以采用可拆卸连接的方式,手持式器械100进行一次或一场手术操作后,将执行结构130从手持式器械100上拆卸下来,从而保证框架160和操控结构130的重复使用,进而节约成本。在一些实施例中,杆状结构133的另一端(远离偏转段132的一端)与框架160之间也可以通过图5所示的快换组件120的第一壳体121-1和第二壳体121-2实现可拆卸连接,具体参见图5及其相关描述,在此不再赘述。Referring to FIGS. 1A-2 , in some embodiments, the connection between the other end of the rod-shaped structure 133 (the end away from the deflection section 132 ) and the frame 160 may be a detachable connection. In some embodiments, because the execution structure 130 needs to be extended into the patient's body to perform surgical operations during the operation, the execution structure 130 is not allowed to be reused. That is, the execution structure 130 is a disposable product, and the handheld instrument 100 Other components, such as frame 160 and control structure 130, are reusable. Based on this, the execution structure 130 and the frame 160 can be detachably connected. After the handheld instrument 100 performs one or a surgical operation, the execution structure 130 can be detached from the handheld instrument 100 to ensure that the frame 160 and The control structure 130 is reused, thereby saving costs. In some embodiments, the first housing 121-1 and the second housing of the quick-change assembly 120 shown in FIG. 5 can also be connected between the other end of the rod-shaped structure 133 (the end away from the deflection section 132) and the frame 160. The body 121-2 realizes detachable connection. For details, see Figure 5 and its related description, which will not be described again here.
在一些实施例中,操控手柄113上可以设有滚转操控组件,滚转操控组件用于使执行结构130的远端执行器131绕偏转段132的轴线转动。在一些实施例中,滚转操控组件可以包括滚轮114,滚轮114通过第三转轴143与操控手柄113转动连接,且第三转轴143与执行结构130传动连接。在一些实施例中,滚轮114可以相对于操控手柄113进行转动,滚轮114相对操控手柄113的转动可以通过运动传递组件传递到执行结构130的远端执行器131,并使得远端执行器131绕偏转段132的轴线方向进行转动。在一些实施例中,远端执行器131绕偏转段132的轴线方向的转动也可以称为滚转。当偏转段132未发生偏转时(此时偏转段132的轴线与杆状结构133的轴线共线),偏转段132的轴线方向与图1B中所示的“x”方向平行。当偏转段132发生偏转时,偏转段132的轴线可以呈弧线,偏转段132的轴线可以近似为以偏转段132的两个端部的中心点为端点的弧线。该弧线的弧度与偏转后的偏转段132的弧度相等。In some embodiments, the control handle 113 may be provided with a roll control assembly, and the roll control assembly is used to rotate the distal effector 131 of the execution structure 130 around the axis of the deflection section 132 . In some embodiments, the rolling control assembly may include a roller 114 , which is rotationally connected to the control handle 113 through a third rotating shaft 143 , and the third rotating shaft 143 is drivingly connected to the execution structure 130 . In some embodiments, the roller 114 can rotate relative to the control handle 113, and the rotation of the roller 114 relative to the control handle 113 can be transmitted to the distal actuator 131 of the execution structure 130 through the motion transmission assembly, and causes the distal actuator 131 to rotate around The deflection section 132 rotates in the axial direction. In some embodiments, the rotation of the distal effector 131 around the axis direction of the deflection segment 132 may also be referred to as rolling. When the deflection section 132 is not deflected (at this time, the axis of the deflection section 132 is collinear with the axis of the rod-shaped structure 133), the axis direction of the deflection section 132 is parallel to the “x” direction shown in FIG. 1B. When the deflection section 132 deflects, the axis of the deflection section 132 may be an arc, and the axis of the deflection section 132 may be approximately an arc with the center points of the two ends of the deflection section 132 as endpoints. The curvature of the arc is equal to the curvature of the deflected deflection segment 132 .
在一些实施例中,使用手持式器械100时,可以通过手部动作控制滚轮114相对操控手柄113进行转动,滚轮114的转动能够带动第三转轴143进行转动。运动传递组件可以将滚轮114相对操控手柄113的转动(也即是第三转轴143的转动)转换为远端执行器131绕偏转段132的轴线方向的转动。In some embodiments, when using the handheld instrument 100, the roller 114 can be controlled to rotate relative to the control handle 113 through hand movements, and the rotation of the roller 114 can drive the third rotating shaft 143 to rotate. The motion transmission component can convert the rotation of the roller 114 relative to the control handle 113 (that is, the rotation of the third rotating shaft 143 ) into the rotation of the distal effector 131 around the axis direction of the deflection section 132 .
在一些实施例中,参见图6,偏转段132可以包括内关节1321和外关节1322,外关节1322套设在内关节1321外,外关节1322远离远端执行器131的一端与杆状结构133连接,内关节1321远离杆状结构133的一端与远端执行器131连接,第三转轴143通过运动传递组件与内关节1321连接,内关节1321能够相对外关节1322在偏转段132的轴线上转动,以使得远端执行器131绕偏转段132的轴线转动。In some embodiments, referring to FIG. 6 , the deflection section 132 may include an inner joint 1321 and an outer joint 1322 . The outer joint 1322 is sleeved outside the inner joint 1321 . The end of the outer joint 1322 away from the distal actuator 131 is connected to the rod-shaped structure 133 connection, the end of the inner joint 1321 away from the rod-shaped structure 133 is connected to the distal actuator 131, the third rotating shaft 143 is connected to the inner joint 1321 through the motion transmission component, and the inner joint 1321 can rotate relative to the outer joint 1322 on the axis of the deflection section 132 , so that the distal effector 131 rotates around the axis of the deflection section 132 .
在一些实施例中,结合图2和图6,滚轮114相对操控手柄113转动时可以带动第三转轴143旋转,第三转轴143通过运动传递组件与内关节1321连接,运动传递组件可以将第三转轴143的转动传递到内关节1321,使得内关节1321相对外关节1322在偏转段132的轴线上转动,从而使得远端执行器131绕偏转段132的轴线转动。关于通过运动传递组件将滚轮114的操作传递至内关节1321的更多描述可以参见图7B及其相关描述。In some embodiments, with reference to Figures 2 and 6, when the roller 114 rotates relative to the control handle 113, it can drive the third rotating shaft 143 to rotate. The third rotating shaft 143 is connected to the internal joint 1321 through a motion transmission assembly, and the motion transmission assembly can connect the third rotating shaft 143 to the internal joint 1321. The rotation of the rotating shaft 143 is transmitted to the inner joint 1321 , causing the inner joint 1321 to rotate relative to the outer joint 1322 on the axis of the deflection section 132 , thereby causing the distal effector 131 to rotate around the axis of the deflection section 132 . For more description on transmitting the operation of the roller 114 to the inner joint 1321 through the motion transmission assembly, see FIG. 7B and its related description.
在一些实施例中,第一转轴141和/或第二转轴142可以通过运动传递组件(例如,第一偏转线轮和第一偏转牵引索,第二偏转线轮和第二偏转牵引索)与外关节1322连接,运动传递组件可以将第一转轴141和/或第二转轴142的转动传递到外关节1322,并使得外关节1322在第一方向和/或第二方向上进行偏转。在一些实施例中,内关节1321可以是通过串联件将多组万向节链节装配而成,内关节1321可以被动的随外关节1322转动。关于偏转段132以及内外关节的更多描述可以参见本说明书其他地方,例如,图9-图23及其相关描述。In some embodiments, the first rotating shaft 141 and/or the second rotating shaft 142 can be connected to each other through a motion transmission assembly (for example, a first deflection wire wheel and a first deflection traction cable, a second deflection wire wheel and a second deflection traction cable). The outer joint 1322 is connected, and the motion transmission component can transmit the rotation of the first rotating shaft 141 and/or the second rotating shaft 142 to the outer joint 1322, and cause the outer joint 1322 to deflect in the first direction and/or the second direction. In some embodiments, the inner joint 1321 may be assembled from multiple sets of universal joint links through series components, and the inner joint 1321 may passively rotate with the outer joint 1322 . More descriptions about the deflection section 132 and the internal and external joints can be found elsewhere in this specification, for example, Figures 9-23 and their related descriptions.
在一些实施例中,第一转轴141所在的第一轴线与第二转轴142所在的第二轴线可以垂直且相交。第一转轴141所在的第一轴线可以是指第一转轴141的延长线。第一转轴141所在的第一轴线可以与图1B中所示的“y”方向平行。第二转轴142所在的第二轴线可以是指第二转轴142的延长线。第二转轴142所在的第二轴线可以与图1B中所示的“z”方向平行。在一些实施例中,第一轴线与第二轴线垂直且相交,交点为A点(如图2所示)。当佩戴手持式器械100时,第一轴线与第二轴线的交点A可以大致位于手腕的中心(即腕心)。也可以理解为,第一轴线与第二轴线的交点A与腕心重合或基本重合。通过将第一轴线与第二轴线的交点A与腕心设置成重合基本重合, 可以使得操作者能够实现对手持式器械100的直觉控制。In some embodiments, the first axis where the first rotation axis 141 is located and the second axis where the second rotation axis 142 is located may be perpendicular and intersect. The first axis where the first rotating shaft 141 is located may refer to an extension of the first rotating shaft 141 . The first axis where the first rotation axis 141 is located may be parallel to the "y" direction shown in FIG. 1B. The second axis where the second rotating shaft 142 is located may refer to an extension of the second rotating shaft 142 . The second axis where the second rotation axis 142 is located may be parallel to the “z” direction shown in FIG. 1B . In some embodiments, the first axis and the second axis are perpendicular and intersect, and the intersection point is point A (as shown in Figure 2). When the handheld device 100 is worn, the intersection point A of the first axis and the second axis may be approximately located at the center of the wrist (ie, the center of the wrist). It can also be understood that the intersection point A of the first axis and the second axis coincides or substantially coincides with the center of the wrist. By setting the intersection point A of the first axis and the second axis to substantially coincide with the center of the wrist, the operator can achieve intuitive control of the handheld instrument 100 .
在一些实施例中,杆状结构133的轴线可以偏离第一轴线与第二轴线的交点A。在一些实施例中,杆状结构133的轴线可以位于交点A的上方。也即是,杆状结构133的轴线位于手腕的上方。在一些实施例中,手术空间可以近似为椎体空间(例如,深度为250毫米,锥度为90度),通过设置操控手柄113位于杆状结构133的轴线的下方,可以减少操作者手臂抬起的概率,从而有利于减轻操作者疲劳。同时,通过设置操控手柄113不与执行结构130直接连接,可以减小运动传递组件的牵引索的弯曲应力,从而减小损耗,增加传动效率和牵引索寿命。In some embodiments, the axis of the rod-shaped structure 133 may be offset from the intersection point A of the first axis and the second axis. In some embodiments, the axis of rod-shaped structure 133 may be located above intersection point A. That is, the axis of the rod-shaped structure 133 is located above the wrist. In some embodiments, the surgical space can be approximated as a vertebral space (for example, a depth of 250 mm and a taper of 90 degrees). By locating the control handle 113 below the axis of the rod-like structure 133, the operator's arm lifting can be reduced. probability, thus helping to reduce operator fatigue. At the same time, by setting the control handle 113 not to be directly connected to the execution structure 130, the bending stress of the traction cable of the motion transmission assembly can be reduced, thereby reducing losses and increasing transmission efficiency and traction cable life.
在其他可替代实施例中,也可以设置交点A位于杆状结构133的轴线所在的直线上,同样可以使得操作者能够实现对手持式器械100的直觉控制。In other alternative embodiments, the intersection point A can also be set to be located on a straight line where the axis of the rod-shaped structure 133 is located, which can also enable the operator to achieve intuitive control of the handheld instrument 100 .
在一些实施例中,结合图1B、图2和图6,操控结构110还可以包括扳机115,扳机115通过第四转轴144与操控手柄113转动连接,远端执行器131可以包括第一执行部1311和第二执行部1312,第一执行部1311的至少部分和第二执行部1312的至少部分相对开合实现远端执行器131的剪切和夹持操作,第四转轴144与第一执行部1311和/或第二执行部1312连接,将扳机115相对操控手柄113的转动转换为第一执行部1311的至少部分和第二执行部1312的至少部分相对开合。In some embodiments, in conjunction with FIG. 1B , FIG. 2 and FIG. 6 , the control structure 110 may also include a trigger 115 . The trigger 115 is rotationally connected to the control handle 113 through a fourth rotating shaft 144 . The remote actuator 131 may include a first execution part. 1311 and the second execution part 1312. At least part of the first execution part 1311 and at least part of the second execution part 1312 are relatively opened and closed to realize the shearing and clamping operations of the distal effector 131. The fourth rotating shaft 144 is connected with the first execution part 1311. The first execution part 1311 and/or the second execution part 1312 are connected to convert the rotation of the trigger 115 relative to the control handle 113 into the relative opening and closing of at least part of the first execution part 1311 and at least part of the second execution part 1312.
在一些实施例中,使用手持式器械100时,可以通过手部动作控制扳机115相对操控手柄113进行转动,扳机115的转动能够带动第四转轴144进行转动。运动传递组件可以将扳机115相对操控手柄113的转动(也即是第四转轴144的转动)转换为第一执行部1311的前端和第二执行部1312的前端相对开合。仅作为示例性描述,运动传递组件可以包括执行线轮和执行牵引索,执行线轮与第四转轴144同轴布置,执行牵引索的一端绕设于执行线轮上,执行牵引索的另一端与远端执行器131(第一执行部1311和/或第二执行部1312)连接。第四转轴144转动时可以带动执行线轮转动,执行线轮的转动通过执行牵引索传递到远端执行器131,从而驱动远端执行器131执行相应操作,例如,剪切、夹持。In some embodiments, when using the handheld instrument 100, the trigger 115 can be controlled to rotate relative to the control handle 113 through hand movements, and the rotation of the trigger 115 can drive the fourth rotating shaft 144 to rotate. The motion transmission component can convert the rotation of the trigger 115 relative to the control handle 113 (that is, the rotation of the fourth rotating shaft 144) into the relative opening and closing of the front end of the first execution part 1311 and the front end of the second execution part 1312. As an exemplary description only, the motion transmission assembly may include an execution wire wheel and an execution traction cable. The execution wire wheel is coaxially arranged with the fourth rotating shaft 144 , one end of the execution traction cable is wound around the execution wire wheel, and the other end of the execution traction cable Connected to the remote effector 131 (the first execution part 1311 and/or the second execution part 1312). When the fourth rotating shaft 144 rotates, it can drive the execution wire wheel to rotate. The rotation of the execution wire wheel is transmitted to the remote effector 131 through the execution traction cable, thereby driving the remote effector 131 to perform corresponding operations, such as shearing and clamping.
第一执行部1311和/或第二执行部1312的前端可以是指第一执行部1311和/或第二执行部1312的自由端,即第一执行部1311和/或第二执行部1312远离偏转段132的一端。例如,扳动扳机115时,可以控制第一执行部1311的前端和第二执行部1312的前端相对打开;松开扳机115时,可以使第一执行部1311的前端和第二执行部1312的前端相对闭合。由此,通过控制扳机115可以使得第一执行部1311的前端和第二执行部1312的前端进行打开和闭合操作,从而实现远端执行器131的剪切和/或夹持操作。仅作为示例性描述,远端执行器131可以包括但不限于持针钳、抓钳、剪刀、电剪、闭合器等。The front end of the first execution part 1311 and/or the second execution part 1312 may refer to the free end of the first execution part 1311 and/or the second execution part 1312, that is, the first execution part 1311 and/or the second execution part 1312 are far away from each other. One end of the deflection section 132. For example, when the trigger 115 is pulled, the front end of the first execution part 1311 and the front end of the second execution part 1312 can be controlled to open relatively; when the trigger 115 is released, the front end of the first execution part 1311 and the front end of the second execution part 1312 can be controlled to open. The front end is relatively closed. Therefore, by controlling the trigger 115, the front end of the first execution part 1311 and the front end of the second execution part 1312 can perform opening and closing operations, thereby realizing the shearing and/or clamping operation of the distal effector 131. By way of example only, the distal effector 131 may include, but is not limited to, needle-holding forceps, grasping forceps, scissors, electric clippers, closure devices, and the like.
在一些实施例中,第四转轴144可以分别与第一执行部1311和第二执行部1312传动连接。这种设置方式下,第一执行部1311和第二执行部1312都可以进行运动,远端执行器131的剪切和/或夹持操作通过第一执行部1311和第二执行部1312的运动来实现。在一些实施例中,第四转轴144也可以与第一执行部1311和第二执行部1312中的一个传动连接。例如,第四转轴144通过快换组件120与第一执行部1311连接,而不与第二执行部1312连接,第一执行部1311的前端可以在第四转轴144和运动传递组件的作用下,向远离(或者靠近)第二执行部1312的前端方向转动,此过程中第二执行部1312保持不动。这种设置方式下,与第四转轴144连接的执行部可以运动,而另一个保持不动,远端执行器131的剪切和/或夹持操作通过与第四转轴144连接的执行部的运动来实现。In some embodiments, the fourth rotating shaft 144 may be transmission-connected with the first execution part 1311 and the second execution part 1312 respectively. In this arrangement, both the first execution part 1311 and the second execution part 1312 can move, and the shearing and/or clamping operations of the distal effector 131 are performed by the movement of the first execution part 1311 and the second execution part 1312 to fulfill. In some embodiments, the fourth rotating shaft 144 may also be transmission connected with one of the first execution part 1311 and the second execution part 1312. For example, the fourth rotating shaft 144 is connected to the first execution part 1311 through the quick change assembly 120 and is not connected to the second execution part 1312. The front end of the first executing part 1311 can be driven by the fourth rotating shaft 144 and the motion transmission component. Rotate away from (or approach) the front end of the second execution part 1312, and the second execution part 1312 remains stationary during this process. In this arrangement, the execution part connected to the fourth rotating shaft 144 can move while the other remains stationary. The shearing and/or clamping operations of the distal effector 131 are performed by the executing part connected to the fourth rotating shaft 144 . exercise to achieve.
在一些实施例中,运动传递组件可以实现操控结构110与执行结构130之间的运动传递,以使操控结构110的控制操作能够控制执行结构130执行相应动作。例如,控制偏转段132在第一方向上俯仰偏转,和/或在第二方向上进行水平偏转。又例如,控制远端执行器131绕偏转段132的轴线进行滚转,和/或控制远端执行器131的第一执行部1311和第二执行部1312相对开合。运动传递组件可以通过线轮和牵引索、蜗轮蜗杆、齿轮等传动方式,将操控结构110的控制操作传递到执行结构130。In some embodiments, the motion transmission component can realize motion transmission between the control structure 110 and the execution structure 130, so that the control operation of the control structure 110 can control the execution structure 130 to perform corresponding actions. For example, the deflection section 132 is controlled to deflect pitch in a first direction, and/or deflect horizontally in a second direction. For another example, the remote effector 131 is controlled to roll around the axis of the deflection section 132, and/or the first execution part 1311 and the second execution part 1312 of the remote effector 131 are controlled to open and close relative to each other. The motion transmission component can transmit the control operation of the control structure 110 to the execution structure 130 through transmission methods such as wire wheels, traction ropes, worm gears, and gears.
需要说明的是,在其他实施例中,远端执行器131也可以包括一个执行部,执行部的种类和数量可以根据手术操作的需求来进行设置。It should be noted that in other embodiments, the distal effector 131 may also include an execution part, and the type and number of the execution part may be set according to the requirements of the surgical operation.
图7B是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的手持式器械的滚转控制示意图。在一些实施例中,运动传递组件可以包括第一线轮121、第二线轮122和牵引索123。第一线轮121与第三转轴143同轴布置。第二线轮122与杆状结构133的轴线同轴布置,并通过杆状结构133的内杆1331与内关节1321连接。牵引索123绕设于第一线轮121和第二线轮122上。在一些实施例中,拨动滚轮114 相对于操控手柄113转动时,第三转轴143可以带动第一绕线轮121旋转,第一绕线轮121的旋转可以通过牵引索123带动第二线轮122旋转,第二线轮122旋转可以通过内杆1331驱动内关节1321绕偏转段132的轴线方向转动,从而使远端执行器131进行滚转。通过运动传递组件将操控结构110的控制操作传递至执行结构130,以控制执行结构130执行偏转(如水平偏转、俯仰偏转)以及夹持和剪切操作,已在上文进行了描述,在此不再赘述。Figure 7B is a schematic diagram of roll control of a handheld instrument according to some embodiments of this specification. In some embodiments, the motion transfer assembly may include a first wire pulley 121 , a second wire pulley 122 , and a pulling cable 123 . The first wire wheel 121 and the third rotating shaft 143 are coaxially arranged. The second wire wheel 122 is coaxially arranged with the axis of the rod-shaped structure 133, and is connected to the inner joint 1321 through the inner rod 1331 of the rod-shaped structure 133. The traction cable 123 is wound around the first wire wheel 121 and the second wire wheel 122 . In some embodiments, when the toggle roller 114 rotates relative to the control handle 113, the third rotating shaft 143 can drive the first reel 121 to rotate, and the rotation of the first reel 121 can drive the second reel 122 through the traction cable 123. Rotation, the rotation of the second wire wheel 122 can drive the inner joint 1321 to rotate around the axis direction of the deflection section 132 through the inner rod 1331, thereby causing the distal actuator 131 to roll. The control operation of the control structure 110 is transmitted to the execution structure 130 through the motion transmission component to control the execution structure 130 to perform deflection (such as horizontal deflection, pitch deflection) and clamping and shearing operations, which have been described above. No longer.
在一些实施例中,运动解析组件可以包括并联解析机构。并联解析机构可以是指两个机构之间通过至少两个独立的运动链相连接,并具有两个或两个以上自由度且以并联方式驱动,由此形成的并联式组合机构。并联解析机构可以将操控手柄113的操作解析为并联控制运动的机构。操控手柄113的控制操作经并联解析机构解析为并联控制运动后,该并联控制运动能够控制执行结构130执行相应操作(例如,偏转、滚转、开合等运动的任意组合)。例如,操控手柄113的控制操作经并联解析机构解析为并联控制运动后,执行结构130可以同时进行偏转、滚转和开合运动中的至少两个操作。在一些实施例中,手持式器械不仅可以通过上文描述的偏转部来实现操控结构的控制操作控制执行结构执行相应动作,也即串联传动方式,也可以通过其他方式(例如,链带)来实现,例如并联传动方式。图8是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的采用并联传动方式的手持式器械的部分结构示意图。参见图8,在一些实施例中,并联解析机构可以包括两个链带150,链带150的一端通过与附接件112与运动传递组件连接,链带150的另一端与操控手柄113连接,操控手柄113的控制操作通过链带150转换传递到附接件112,并通过运动传递组件传递给执行结构130(图8中未示出)。在一些实施例中,链带150可以将操控手柄113的控制操作(例如,相对附接件112的转动)解析为并联控制运动并传递给运动传递组件,进一步地,并联控制运动能够通过运动传递组件传递给执行结构130,从而控制执行结构130执行操作(例如,偏转、滚转、开合中的一种或其任意组合)。In some embodiments, the motion resolution component may include a parallel resolution mechanism. A parallel analytical mechanism may refer to a parallel combined mechanism formed by two mechanisms connected through at least two independent kinematic chains, having two or more degrees of freedom and driven in parallel. The parallel analysis mechanism can analyze the operation of the control handle 113 into a parallel control motion mechanism. After the control operation of the control handle 113 is parsed into a parallel control movement by the parallel analysis mechanism, the parallel control movement can control the execution structure 130 to perform corresponding operations (for example, any combination of deflection, roll, opening and closing, etc.). For example, after the control operation of the control handle 113 is parsed into a parallel control movement by the parallel parsing mechanism, the execution structure 130 can simultaneously perform at least two operations of deflection, rolling, and opening and closing movements. In some embodiments, the handheld instrument can not only realize the control operation of the control structure through the deflection portion described above, control the execution structure to perform corresponding actions, that is, the series transmission method, but also can use other methods (for example, chain belts). Implementation, for example, parallel transmission. Figure 8 is a partial structural diagram of a handheld instrument using a parallel transmission method according to some embodiments of this specification. Referring to Figure 8, in some embodiments, the parallel resolution mechanism may include two chain belts 150. One end of the chain belt 150 is connected to the motion transmission assembly through the attachment 112, and the other end of the chain belt 150 is connected to the control handle 113. The control operation of the control handle 113 is transferred to the attachment 112 through the chain belt 150 and transferred to the execution structure 130 through the motion transmission assembly (not shown in FIG. 8 ). In some embodiments, the chain belt 150 can parse the control operation of the control handle 113 (for example, the rotation relative to the attachment 112) into a parallel control motion and transmit it to the motion transmission assembly. Further, the parallel control motion can be transmitted through motion. The components are passed to the execution structure 130, thereby controlling the execution structure 130 to perform an operation (eg, one of deflection, roll, opening and closing, or any combination thereof).
在一些实施例中,链带150与附接件112之间可以设有轴承,轴承位于框架160和附接件112之间并被配置成滑动或滚动。操作者通过手部或腕部动作使得操控手柄113相对附接件112转动时,在操控手柄113的作用下,链带150与附接件112连接的一端可以通过轴承进行滑动或滚动,进一步的,链带150的运动(如滑动或滚动)可以通过运动传递组件(如绳传动组件)传递给执行结构130,并使得执行结构130执行相应的操作。需要说明的是,手持式器械100通过链带150实现操控结构的控制操作控制执行结构130执行相应动作时,手持式器械100可以不包括偏转部。In some embodiments, a bearing may be provided between the chain belt 150 and the attachment 112 , and the bearing is located between the frame 160 and the attachment 112 and configured to slide or roll. When the operator rotates the control handle 113 relative to the attachment 112 through hand or wrist movements, under the action of the control handle 113, the end of the chain belt 150 connected to the attachment 112 can slide or roll through the bearing, and further , the movement of the chain belt 150 (such as sliding or rolling) can be transmitted to the execution structure 130 through a motion transmission component (such as a rope transmission component), and causes the execution structure 130 to perform corresponding operations. It should be noted that when the handheld instrument 100 realizes the control operation of the control structure through the chain belt 150 and controls the execution structure 130 to perform corresponding actions, the handheld instrument 100 may not include a deflection part.
在一些实施例中,两个链带150与操控手柄113连接的一端相交,两个链带150与附接件112连接的一端间隔设置,且对称设置于框架160两侧,从而使得两个链带150分别与附接件112之间形成的两个转动轴线相互呈夹角设置(即,不平行)。In some embodiments, one end of the two chain straps 150 connected to the control handle 113 intersects, one end of the two chain straps 150 connected to the attachment 112 is spaced apart, and is symmetrically arranged on both sides of the frame 160, so that the two chain straps 150 intersect. The two rotational axes formed between the belt 150 and the attachment 112 are arranged at an angle to each other (ie, not parallel).
在一些实施例中,附接件112与手腕接触,可以对手持式器械100形成支撑。附接件112的结构可以设置成半开放式,以使得手持式器械100穿戴和/或取下的操作过程更为方便快捷,从而便于在手术过程中更换器械。具体地,通过将附接件112的结构设置成半开放式,操作者可以单手实现手持式器械100的佩戴和/或取下,如操作者的手部或腕部可以直接从附接件112的开口处伸入完成佩戴过程。这种设置方式能够克服现有闭环式结构的手持式器械需要双手操作或助手(如护士)辅助穿戴的问题。此外,附接件112的结构设置为半开放式,附接件112位于手腕处时对手腕的束缚较少,从而可以释放腕部的运动空间,便于操作者执行操作。例如,操作者佩戴手持式器械100进行手术时,需要转动腕部以控制手持式器械100的执行结构执行相应手术操作,由于半开放式的附接件112对操作者手腕的束缚较少,操作者的腕部在转动时可以不受附接件112的束缚,减轻操作者的腕部疲劳,从而便于操作者进行手术操作。In some embodiments, attachment 112 contacts the wrist and may provide support for handheld instrument 100 . The structure of the attachment 112 may be configured as semi-open, so as to make the process of putting on and/or taking off the handheld instrument 100 more convenient and faster, thereby facilitating the replacement of the instrument during the operation. Specifically, by configuring the structure of the attachment 112 to be semi-open, the operator can put on and/or take off the handheld instrument 100 with one hand. For example, the operator's hand or wrist can be directly removed from the attachment. 112 is inserted into the opening to complete the wearing process. This arrangement can overcome the problem that existing closed-loop structure handheld instruments require both hands to operate or an assistant (such as a nurse) to assist in wearing. In addition, the structure of the attachment 112 is set to be semi-open. When the attachment 112 is located at the wrist, it has less constraints on the wrist, thereby freeing up the movement space of the wrist and making it easier for the operator to perform operations. For example, when an operator wears the handheld instrument 100 for surgery, he needs to rotate his wrist to control the execution structure of the handheld instrument 100 to perform the corresponding surgical operation. Since the semi-open attachment 112 has less constraints on the operator's wrist, the operation is easier. The operator's wrist can be freed from the constraints of the attachment 112 when rotating, thereby reducing the operator's wrist fatigue, thereby facilitating the operator's surgical operation.
在其他实施例中,手持式器械100也可以通过其他结构来实现操控结构与执行结构之间的并联传动。例如,柔性连接件。In other embodiments, the handheld instrument 100 can also implement parallel transmission between the control structure and the execution structure through other structures. For example, flexible connectors.
在一些实施例中,手持式器械100还可以包括电动控制器件(例如,电机),电动控制器件能够实现执行结构130自动执行相应的操作,从而减少操作者的手部或腕部动作。在一些实施例中,手持式器械100可以包括一个或多个电机,一个或多个电机分别设置在对应的转轴(例如,第一转轴141、第二转轴142、第三转轴143和第四转轴144)的位置处,同时,在操控手柄113上可以对应设置有对应数量的一个或多个控制按钮(即电机的数量与控制按钮一一对应),多个控制按钮分别控制对应的电机工作,由此能够实现执行结构130的自动控制。例如,手持式器械100可以包括设置在第一转轴141的位置处的第一偏转电机,操控手柄113上对应设置有第一偏转按钮,操作第一偏转按钮能够控制第一偏转电机工作,从而控制执行结构在第一方向上进行偏转。又例如,手持式器械100可以包括设置在第二转轴142的位置处的第二偏转电机,操控手柄113上对应设置 有第二偏转按钮,操作第二偏转按钮能够控制第二偏转电机工作,从而控制执行结构在第二方向上进行偏转。又例如,手持式器械100可以包括设置在第三转轴143的位置处的滚转电机,操控手柄113上对应设置有滚转按钮,操作滚转按钮能够控制滚转电机工作,从而控制执行结构进行滚转。再例如,手持式器械100可以包括设置在第四转轴144的位置处的执行电机,操控手柄113上对应设置有执行按钮,操作执行按钮能够控制执行电机工作,从而控制执行结构进行手术操作,如剪切、夹持等。In some embodiments, the handheld instrument 100 may also include an electric control device (eg, a motor), which can enable the execution structure 130 to automatically perform corresponding operations, thereby reducing the operator's hand or wrist movements. In some embodiments, the handheld instrument 100 may include one or more motors, and the one or more motors are respectively disposed on corresponding rotating shafts (for example, the first rotating shaft 141, the second rotating shaft 142, the third rotating shaft 143, and the fourth rotating shaft). 144), at the same time, a corresponding number of one or more control buttons can be provided on the control handle 113 (that is, the number of motors corresponds to the control buttons one-to-one), and the multiple control buttons control the operation of the corresponding motor respectively. This enables automatic control of the execution structure 130 . For example, the handheld instrument 100 may include a first deflection motor disposed at the position of the first rotating shaft 141, and a first deflection button is provided correspondingly on the control handle 113. Operating the first deflection button can control the operation of the first deflection motor, thereby controlling The actuating structure is deflected in the first direction. For another example, the handheld instrument 100 may include a second deflection motor disposed at the position of the second rotating shaft 142, and a second deflection button is correspondingly provided on the control handle 113. Operating the second deflection button can control the operation of the second deflection motor, thereby The control execution structure is deflected in the second direction. For another example, the handheld instrument 100 may include a roll motor disposed at the position of the third rotating shaft 143, and a roll button is correspondingly provided on the control handle 113. Operating the roll button can control the work of the roll motor, thereby controlling the execution structure. Roll. For another example, the handheld instrument 100 may include an execution motor disposed at the position of the fourth rotating shaft 144, and an execution button is correspondingly provided on the control handle 113. Operating the execution button can control the operation of the execution motor, thereby controlling the execution structure to perform surgical operations, such as Cutting, clamping, etc.
在一些实施例中,为了满足手术需求,执行结构的远端执行器一般包括开合、滚转、俯仰偏转以及水平偏转这四个动作。这四个动作可以分别通过一根牵引索来驱动。例如,可以将牵引索串联在控制远端执行器运动的关节上,通过拉动或释放牵引线,以控制远端执行器进行相应动作。在一些实施例中,由于远端执行器的几个动作均是是由手臂及手腕来驱动的,导致远端执行器的旋转运动(即滚转)和偏摆运动(即俯仰偏转以及水平偏转)是耦合的,例如,操作者需要控制整个手术器械进行旋转运动才能控制远端执行器进行旋转运动,这会导致远端执行器偏摆运动的结果(例如,偏转方向)发生改变,而且会增大操作者在患者体外的操作空间,也会增大远端执行器在患者体内的运动空间,并且当病灶部位处于一些特殊位置时,远端执行器难以到达,增加了操作者的负担。因此,需要提供一种关节运动组件(也就是上文中的偏转段),通过将远端执行器(也叫执行末端)与内关节和外关节中能够进行旋转运动的关节连接,使得执行末端可以在与之连接的关节的带动下相对于另一个关节进行旋转运动,并且与执行末端连接的关节可以在另一个关节带动下被动地进行偏摆运动,从而使得执行末端可以在与之连接的关节的带动下进行偏摆运动,从而实现执行末端的旋转运动和偏摆运动之间的解耦,即执行末端在进行旋转运动时不会发生偏摆,或者在进行偏摆运动时不会发生旋转。下面将结合附图对关节运动组件进行详细说明。In some embodiments, in order to meet surgical requirements, the distal actuator of the execution structure generally includes four actions: opening and closing, rolling, pitch deflection, and horizontal deflection. Each of these four movements can be driven by a pulling cable. For example, the traction cable can be connected in series to the joint that controls the movement of the distal actuator, and the distal actuator can be controlled to perform corresponding actions by pulling or releasing the traction cable. In some embodiments, since several movements of the remote actuator are driven by the arms and wrists, the rotational movement (i.e., roll) and yaw movement (i.e., pitch deflection and horizontal deflection) of the remote actuator are ) is coupled. For example, the operator needs to control the entire surgical instrument to rotate in order to control the distal actuator to rotate. This will cause the result of the deflection motion of the distal actuator (for example, the deflection direction) to change, and will Increasing the operator's operating space outside the patient's body will also increase the movement space of the distal actuator inside the patient's body. When the lesion is in some special positions, it is difficult for the distal actuator to reach, increasing the burden on the operator. Therefore, it is necessary to provide a joint motion component (that is, the deflection section above), by connecting the distal actuator (also called the execution end) with the joints capable of rotational movement in the inner joint and the outer joint, so that the execution end can It performs rotational movement relative to another joint driven by the joint connected to it, and the joint connected to the execution end can passively perform deflection movement driven by the other joint, so that the execution end can rotate at the joint connected to it. The yaw movement is carried out under the guidance of the yaw movement, thereby achieving the decoupling between the rotational movement and the yaw movement of the execution end, that is, the execution end will not yaw when performing rotational movement, or will not rotate when performing yawing movement. . The joint motion components will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
图9是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的关节运动组件的结构示意图。图10是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的内关节和外关节进行偏摆运动后的结构示意图。Figure 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a joint motion assembly according to some embodiments of this specification. Figure 10 is a schematic structural diagram of the inner joint and the outer joint after the yaw movement according to some embodiments of this specification.
在一些实施例中,执行结构可以包括关节运动组件300。如图9所示,关节运动组件300包括内关节310和套设于内关节310外部的外关节320。其中,内关节310和外关节320中的其中一个连接有旋转件330,另一个上设有偏摆机构340。内关节310和外关节320中与旋转件330连接的关节能够在旋转件330的带动下绕自身轴线相对于设有偏摆机构340的关节进行旋转运动,内关节310和外关节320中设有偏摆机构340的关节能够在偏摆机构340的带动下进行偏摆运动,并带动与旋转件330连接的关节被动地进行偏摆运动。在一些实施例中,如图10所示,内关节310和/或外关节320的偏摆运动可以是指内关节310和/或外关节320在其径向方向上进行的摆动(或称为弯曲),例如,上文中描述的水平偏转、俯仰偏转。通过这样设置,可以使得内关节310和外关节320中与旋转件330连接的关节既能够进行旋转运动也能够进行偏摆运动,并且该关节的旋转运动和偏摆运动是解耦的,即该关节在进行旋转运动时,另一个关节不会同时进行旋转运动。进一步地,当设有偏摆机构340的关节在偏摆机构340的带动下朝某个方向摆动一定角度带动与旋转件330连接的关节朝向相同方向摆动相同角度后,与旋转件330连接的关节在旋转件330的带动下进行旋转运动不会影响到该关节的摆动方向以及摆动角度。具体地,由于内关节310和外关节320中与旋转件330连接的关节的偏摆运动是由另一个关节(即设有偏摆机构340的关节)所带动的,即与旋转件330连接的关节的偏摆运动是被动地自适应另一个关节的偏摆运动,所以只要另一个关节的偏摆方向以及偏摆角度不发生改变,与旋转件330连接的关节绕自身轴线的旋转运动就不会改变其偏摆方向以及偏摆角度。这样一来,在将关节运动组件300运用到手持式器械中来控制执行末端(也就是远端执行器)运动时,可以将关节运动组件300中的与旋转件330连接的关节与执行末端进行连接,以带动执行末端进行旋转运动和偏摆运动,使得执行末端的旋转运动和偏摆运动非耦合,从而可以减小执行末端需要的运动空间,并且在手术器械被应用于手动操作时,减少操作者的操作空间,便于执行末端到达特殊位置,降低操作者的操作负担。另外,在手持式器械被应用于手术机器人操作时,可以降低手术机器人的结构和算法的设计难度。In some embodiments, the execution structure may include articulation assembly 300. As shown in FIG. 9 , the joint motion assembly 300 includes an inner joint 310 and an outer joint 320 that is sleeved on the outside of the inner joint 310 . Among them, one of the inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320 is connected to a rotating member 330, and the other is provided with a deflection mechanism 340. The joints connected to the rotating member 330 in the inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320 can rotate around their own axis relative to the joint provided with the deflection mechanism 340 under the driving of the rotating member 330. The inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320 are provided with The joints of the deflection mechanism 340 can be driven by the deflection mechanism 340 to perform deflection movements, and drive the joints connected to the rotating member 330 to passively perform deflection movements. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 10 , the yaw movement of the inner joint 310 and/or the outer joint 320 may refer to the swing of the inner joint 310 and/or the outer joint 320 in its radial direction (or referred to as bending), such as the horizontal deflection and pitch deflection described above. Through such an arrangement, the joint connected to the rotating member 330 among the inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320 can perform both rotational motion and yawing motion, and the rotational motion and yawing motion of the joint are decoupled, that is, the joint When one joint performs rotational motion, the other joint does not perform rotational motion at the same time. Further, when the joint provided with the deflection mechanism 340 swings in a certain direction and a certain angle under the driving of the deflection mechanism 340, the joint connected to the rotating member 330 swings in the same direction and the same angle, the joint connected to the rotating member 330 will The rotational movement driven by the rotating member 330 will not affect the swing direction and angle of the joint. Specifically, since the deflection motion of the joint connected to the rotating member 330 of the inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320 is driven by another joint (that is, the joint provided with the deflection mechanism 340), that is, the joint connected to the rotating member 330 The yaw motion of a joint passively adapts to the yaw motion of another joint. Therefore, as long as the yaw direction and yaw angle of the other joint do not change, the rotational motion of the joint connected to the rotating member 330 around its own axis will not change. It will change its deflection direction and deflection angle. In this way, when the joint motion assembly 300 is used in a handheld instrument to control the movement of the execution end (that is, the distal effector), the joint in the joint motion assembly 300 that is connected to the rotating member 330 can be connected to the execution end. connection to drive the execution end to rotate and yaw, so that the rotation and yaw motion of the execution end are uncoupled, thereby reducing the movement space required for the execution end and reducing the need for manual operation when surgical instruments are used. The operator's operating space facilitates the execution end to reach a special position and reduces the operator's operating burden. In addition, when handheld instruments are used in surgical robot operations, the design difficulty of the structure and algorithm of the surgical robot can be reduced.
在一些实施例中,内关节310可以连接有旋转件330,外关节320上可以设有偏摆机构340。内关节310能够在旋转件330的带动下绕自身轴线相对于外关节320进行旋转运动,外关节320能够在偏摆机构340的带动下进行偏摆运动,并带动内关节310进行偏摆运动。进一步地,内关节310能够进行非耦合的旋转运动和偏摆运动。在实际应用中,可以将内关节310与执行末端连接,从而可以使执行末端进行非耦合的旋转运动和偏摆运动。In some embodiments, the inner joint 310 may be connected with a rotating member 330 , and the outer joint 320 may be provided with a deflection mechanism 340 . The inner joint 310 can rotate around its own axis relative to the outer joint 320 under the driving of the rotating member 330. The outer joint 320 can perform a yaw movement under the driving of the yaw mechanism 340, and drives the inner joint 310 to perform a yaw motion. Further, the inner joint 310 is capable of uncoupled rotational motion and yawing motion. In practical applications, the inner joint 310 can be connected to the execution end, so that the execution end can perform uncoupled rotational motion and yaw motion.
在一些实施例中,外关节320可以连接有旋转件330,内关节310上可以设有偏摆机构340。外关节320能够在旋转件330的带动下绕自身轴线相对于内关节310进行旋转运动,内关节310能 够在偏摆机构340的带动下进行偏摆运动,并带动外关节320进行偏摆运动。外关节320能够进行非耦合的旋转运动和偏摆运动。在实际应用中,可以将外关节320与执行末端连接,从而可以使执行末端进行非耦合的旋转运动和偏摆运动。In some embodiments, the outer joint 320 may be connected with a rotating member 330 , and the inner joint 310 may be provided with a deflection mechanism 340 . The outer joint 320 can rotate around its own axis relative to the inner joint 310 driven by the rotating member 330. The inner joint 310 can perform a yaw motion driven by the yaw mechanism 340, and drive the outer joint 320 to perform a yaw motion. The outer joint 320 is capable of uncoupled rotational and yawing movements. In practical applications, the outer joint 320 can be connected to the execution end, so that the execution end can perform uncoupled rotational motion and yaw motion.
可以理解的是,在图9所示的关节运动组件300中,连接旋转件330的是内关节310,设有偏摆机构340的外关节320,为了方便说明,本说明书将主要以图9所示的内关节310连接旋转件330,外关节320设有偏摆机构340的关节运动组件300进行详细描述。而关于外关节320连接旋转件330,内关节310设有偏摆机构340的关节运动组件的更多描述,可以参考图9所示的内关节310连接旋转件330,外关节320设有偏摆机构340的关节运动组件300的相关描述。It can be understood that in the joint motion assembly 300 shown in Figure 9, the inner joint 310 is connected to the rotating member 330, and the outer joint 320 is provided with the deflection mechanism 340. For convenience of explanation, this description will mainly refer to the joints shown in Figure 9. The inner joint 310 shown is connected to the rotating member 330, and the outer joint 320 is provided with a deflection mechanism 340 of the joint movement assembly 300 for detailed description. For more description of the joint motion components in which the outer joint 320 is connected to the rotating member 330 and the inner joint 310 is provided with a deflection mechanism 340, please refer to FIG. 9 where the inner joint 310 is connected to the rotating member 330 and the outer joint 320 is provided with a deflection mechanism. Description of the articulation component 300 of the mechanism 340.
图11是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的内关节与旋转件的连接示意图。图12是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的外关节与外管的连接示意图。Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of the connection between the internal joint and the rotating member according to some embodiments of this specification. Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of the connection between the outer joint and the outer tube according to some embodiments of this specification.
在一些实施例中,继续参见图9所示,旋转件330可以包括内管331,偏摆机构340可以包括外管341和钢丝绳342。其中,外管341套设于内管331外,内管331能够被驱动以相对外管341绕自身轴线进行旋转运动。在一些实施例中,参见图11所示,内关节310的近端可以与内管331的远端连接,使得内管331被驱动以相对外管341绕自身轴线进行旋转运动时,能够带动内关节310绕自身轴线相对外关节320进行旋转运动,从而带动与内关节310连接的执行末端进行滚转。在一些实施例中,内管331的远端可以与内关节310的近端通过卡接、焊接、胶接等连接方式进行连接。In some embodiments, continuing to refer to FIG. 9 , the rotating member 330 may include an inner tube 331 , and the deflection mechanism 340 may include an outer tube 341 and a wire rope 342 . The outer tube 341 is sleeved outside the inner tube 331 , and the inner tube 331 can be driven to rotate relative to the outer tube 341 around its own axis. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 11 , the proximal end of the inner joint 310 can be connected to the distal end of the inner tube 331 , so that when the inner tube 331 is driven to rotate relative to the outer tube 341 around its own axis, it can drive the inner joint 310 . The joint 310 rotates around its own axis relative to the outer joint 320, thereby driving the execution end connected to the inner joint 310 to roll. In some embodiments, the distal end of the inner tube 331 may be connected to the proximal end of the inner joint 310 through clamping, welding, gluing, or other connection methods.
在一些实施例中,结合图9和图12所示,外关节320的近端可以与外管341的远端连接。在一些实施例中,外管341的远端可以与外关节320的近端通过卡接、焊接、螺纹连接、胶接等连接方式进行连接。在一些实施例中,通过牵拉钢丝绳342可以带动外关节320进行偏摆运动。具体地,钢丝绳342的一端可以固定在外关节320的远端,钢丝绳342的另一端从外关节320的远端穿向外管341的近端。通过对钢丝绳342的另一端进行牵拉,则可以带动外关节320朝向钢丝绳342所在的一侧(例如,在图12所示的A方向上)进行偏摆运动(或称为弯曲),内关节310则可以被动地自适应外关节320的偏摆运动,从而能够与外关节320在相同的偏摆方向上进行偏摆运动。在一些实施例中,钢丝绳342的一端可以设置有固定端子3421,外关节320的远端可以设置有与固定端子3421适配的安装槽3201,通过将固定端子3421安装于安装槽3201内,可以将钢丝绳342的一端固定于外关节320的远端。在一些实施例中,钢丝绳342的数量可以为多根,例如,两根、四根等,通过设置多根钢丝绳342,可以使得外关节320能够在多个方向上进行偏摆运动。在一些实施例中,钢丝绳342的数量可以为两根,两根钢丝绳342的一端分别固定在外关节320远端的径向两侧,即两根钢丝绳342在外关节320的径向上相对,通过分别对两根钢丝绳342的另一端进行牵拉,可以带动外关节320在两个不同的方向(例如,上文中的第一方向和第二方向)上进行偏摆运动。例如,分别对两根钢丝绳342另一端进行牵拉可以带动外关节320分别在图12中的A方向和A’方向上进行偏摆运动。在一些实施例中,钢丝绳342的数量可以为四根,四根钢丝绳342中的其中两根的一端分别固定在外关节320远端的第一径向的两侧,另外两根的一端可以分别固定在外关节320远端的第二径向的两侧,其中,第一径向和第二径向可以为外关节320远端中任意两个相互垂直的直径方向。通过分别对四根钢丝绳342的另一端进行牵拉,可以带动外关节320在四个不同的方向上进行偏摆运动,例如,分别在图12中A方向、A’方向、B方向以及B’方向上进行偏摆运动。其中,A方向、A’方向、B方向以及B’方向与外关节320远端的径向平行,例如,A方向和A’方向与第一径向平行,B方向和B’方向与第二径向平行。In some embodiments, as shown in conjunction with FIGS. 9 and 12 , the proximal end of the outer joint 320 may be connected to the distal end of the outer tube 341 . In some embodiments, the distal end of the outer tube 341 can be connected to the proximal end of the outer joint 320 through clamping, welding, threading, gluing, or other connection methods. In some embodiments, the outer joint 320 can be driven to perform a yaw movement by pulling the wire rope 342 . Specifically, one end of the steel wire rope 342 can be fixed at the distal end of the outer joint 320, and the other end of the steel wire rope 342 passes from the distal end of the outer joint 320 to the proximal end of the outer tube 341. By pulling the other end of the wire rope 342, the outer joint 320 can be driven to perform a deflection movement (or bending) toward the side where the wire rope 342 is located (for example, in the direction A shown in Figure 12). 310 can passively adapt to the yaw motion of the outer joint 320, so that it can perform the yaw motion in the same yaw direction as the outer joint 320. In some embodiments, one end of the wire rope 342 may be provided with a fixed terminal 3421, and the distal end of the outer joint 320 may be provided with a mounting slot 3201 adapted to the fixed terminal 3421. By installing the fixed terminal 3421 in the mounting slot 3201, it is possible to One end of the wire rope 342 is fixed to the distal end of the outer joint 320. In some embodiments, the number of steel wire ropes 342 may be multiple, for example, two, four, etc. By providing multiple steel wire ropes 342, the outer joint 320 can perform deflection motion in multiple directions. In some embodiments, the number of steel wire ropes 342 may be two. One ends of the two steel wire ropes 342 are respectively fixed on both radial sides of the distal end of the outer joint 320 . That is, the two steel wire ropes 342 are opposite to each other in the radial direction of the outer joint 320 . Pulling the other ends of the two wire ropes 342 can drive the outer joint 320 to perform yaw motion in two different directions (for example, the first direction and the second direction mentioned above). For example, pulling the other ends of the two steel wire ropes 342 respectively can drive the outer joint 320 to perform deflection movements in the A direction and the A' direction in Figure 12 respectively. In some embodiments, the number of steel wire ropes 342 may be four. One ends of two of the four steel wire ropes 342 may be respectively fixed on both sides of the first radial direction of the distal end of the outer joint 320 , and one ends of the other two may be fixed respectively. On both sides of the second radial direction at the distal end of the outer joint 320 , the first radial direction and the second radial direction may be any two mutually perpendicular radial directions in the distal end of the outer joint 320 . By pulling the other ends of the four wire ropes 342 respectively, the outer joint 320 can be driven to perform deflection movements in four different directions, for example, in the A direction, A' direction, B direction and B' direction in Figure 12 respectively. yaw movement in the direction. The A direction, A' direction, B direction and B' direction are parallel to the radial direction of the distal end of the outer joint 320. For example, the A direction and the A' direction are parallel to the first radial direction, and the B direction and the B' direction are parallel to the second radial direction. Radially parallel.
需要说明的是,本说明书所涉及的“近端”和“远端”可以分别是指具有关节运动组件300的手持式器械被操作时,手持式器械和关节运动组件300以及其中的组件或构件(例如,内关节310、外关节320等)中分别靠近操作者的一端和远离操作者的一端。It should be noted that the "proximal end" and "distal end" involved in this specification may respectively refer to the handheld instrument and the joint movement assembly 300 as well as the components or components thereof when the handheld instrument with the joint movement assembly 300 is operated. (For example, the inner joint 310, the outer joint 320, etc.) have one end close to the operator and an end far away from the operator respectively.
在一些实施例中,继续参见图9所示,内关节310的远端和外关节320的远端之间可以设有轴承连接件350。轴承连接件350不仅可以用于连接内关节310和外关节320,使得外关节320的偏摆运动能够带动内关节310一同进行偏摆运动,还能够减小内关节310和外关节320之间的摩擦力,使得内关节310能够相对于外关节320绕自身轴线进行旋转运动,避免外关节320被内关节310带动也进行旋转运动。在一些实施例中,轴承连接件350可以包括深沟球轴承、角接触球轴承、调心球轴承、推力球轴承、滚针轴承等滚动轴承。在一些实施例中,轴承连接件350还可以包括滑动轴承。在一些实施例中,以轴承连接件350为滚动轴承为例,滚动轴承可以包括轴承外圈和轴承内圈以及装设在轴承外圈和轴承内圈之间的滚动体(例如,滚珠、滚针等),轴承外圈和轴承内圈可以分别与外关节320的远端和内关节310的远端连接,从而将外关节320和内关节310的远端连接 在一起。在一些实施例中,轴承内圈可以套设于内关节310的远端的外部,外关节320的远端可以套设于轴承外圈的外部,以此将外关节320和内关节310的远端连接在一起。In some embodiments, continuing to refer to FIG. 9 , a bearing connection 350 may be provided between the distal end of the inner joint 310 and the distal end of the outer joint 320 . The bearing connector 350 can not only be used to connect the inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320, so that the yaw motion of the outer joint 320 can drive the inner joint 310 to yaw motion together, but can also reduce the gap between the inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320. The friction force enables the inner joint 310 to rotate around its own axis relative to the outer joint 320, preventing the outer joint 320 from being driven by the inner joint 310 to also rotate. In some embodiments, the bearing connector 350 may include rolling bearings such as deep groove ball bearings, angular contact ball bearings, aligning ball bearings, thrust ball bearings, needle roller bearings, and the like. In some embodiments, the bearing connection 350 may also include a sliding bearing. In some embodiments, taking the bearing connector 350 as a rolling bearing as an example, the rolling bearing may include a bearing outer ring and a bearing inner ring, and rolling elements (for example, balls, needle rollers, etc.) installed between the bearing outer ring and the bearing inner ring. ), the bearing outer ring and the bearing inner ring can be connected to the distal ends of the outer joint 320 and the inner joint 310 respectively, thereby connecting the distal ends of the outer joint 320 and the inner joint 310 together. In some embodiments, the inner ring of the bearing can be sleeved on the outside of the distal end of the inner joint 310 , and the distal end of the outer joint 320 can be sleeved on the outside of the outer ring of the bearing, thereby connecting the distal ends of the outer joint 320 and the inner joint 310 . ends connected together.
通过在内关节310和外关节320的远端之间设置有轴承连接件350,能够对内关节310和外关节320进行连接,有利于其中一个关节能够带动另一个关节进行偏摆运动,并且可以保证其中一个关节相对于另一个关节进行旋转运动时,另一个关节不会转动,有利于实现执行末端旋转运动和偏摆运动的解耦。By disposing the bearing connector 350 between the distal ends of the inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320, the inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320 can be connected, which is conducive to one joint being able to drive the other joint to perform a yaw movement, and can It is ensured that when one joint performs rotational motion relative to the other joint, the other joint will not rotate, which is beneficial to the decoupling of the terminal rotational motion and the yaw motion.
在一些实施例中,参见图11所示,内关节310可以包括至少两个串联的内关节单元311。在一些实施例中,至少两个串联的内关节单元311中的相邻两个内关节单元311之间可以通过内关节单元连接件312连接。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 11 , the internal joint 310 may include at least two serially connected internal joint units 311 . In some embodiments, two adjacent inner joint units 311 of at least two series-connected inner joint units 311 may be connected through an inner joint unit connector 312 .
图13是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的内关节单元的结构示意图。图14是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的内关节单元连接件的结构示意图。Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an internal joint unit according to some embodiments of this specification. Figure 14 is a schematic structural diagram of an internal joint unit connector according to some embodiments of this specification.
在一些实施例中,如图13所示,内关节单元311的两端分别设置有两个收纳部3111。其中,位于同一端的两个收纳部3111之间的连线与内关节单元311的径向方向平行,并且内关节单元311一端(例如,远端)的两个收纳部3111之间的连线平行于内关节单元311另一端(例如,近端)的两个收纳部3111之间的连线。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 13 , two receiving portions 3111 are respectively provided at both ends of the inner joint unit 311 . Wherein, the connection line between the two receiving parts 3111 at the same end is parallel to the radial direction of the inner joint unit 311, and the connection line between the two receiving parts 3111 at one end (for example, the distal end) of the inner joint unit 311 is parallel. The connection between the two receiving portions 3111 at the other end (for example, the proximal end) of the inner joint unit 311.
在一些实施例中,如图14所示,内关节单元连接件312可以包括四个突出部3121。其中,四个突出部3121中的相邻两个突出部3121与内关节单元连接件312的中心的连线之间的夹角为90°。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 14 , the inner joint unit connector 312 may include four protrusions 3121 . Wherein, the included angle between two adjacent protruding parts 3121 among the four protruding parts 3121 and the center of the inner joint unit connector 312 is 90°.
在一些实施例中,结合图11所示,当内关节310中的相邻两个内关节单元311通过内关节单元连接件312连接时,内关节单元连接件312中与内关节单元连接件312的中心的连线之间的夹角呈180°的其中两个突出部3121分别位于相邻两个内关节单元311中的其中一个的一端(例如,近端)的两个收纳部3111内,内关节单元连接件312中与内关节单元连接件312的中心的连线之间的夹角呈180°的另外两个突出部3121分别位于相邻两个内关节单元311中的另一个的一端(例如,远端)的两个收纳部3111内。在一些实施例中,突出部3121可以设置为圆柱形状,收纳部可以设置成与突出部3121的圆柱形状适配的弧形槽。通过上述设置,可以使得内关节310中相邻两个内关节单元311之间可以绕内关节单元311的突出部3121的轴线进行相对转动,从而保证内关节310至少可以在第一方向和第二方向上进行偏摆运动,并且还能保证在内关节310偏转一定角度后进行旋转运动时,各个内关节单元311仍能绕自身轴线进行旋转运动,避免影响内关节310的偏转角度。其中,第一方向和第二方向可以与两个突出部3121(两个突出部3121分别与内关节单元连接件312的中心的连线之间的夹角为180°)之间的连线平行。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 11 , when two adjacent inner joint units 311 in the inner joint 310 are connected through the inner joint unit connector 312 , one of the inner joint unit connectors 312 and the inner joint unit connector 312 Two of the protruding portions 3121 with an angle of 180° between the connecting lines of the centers are respectively located in the two receiving portions 3111 of one end (for example, the proximal end) of one of the two adjacent internal joint units 311, The other two protrusions 3121 in the inner joint unit connector 312 that are 180° apart from the line connecting the center of the inner joint unit connector 312 are respectively located at one end of the other of the two adjacent inner joint units 311 (for example, in the two receiving parts 3111 at the far end). In some embodiments, the protruding part 3121 may be configured in a cylindrical shape, and the receiving part may be configured in an arc-shaped groove adapted to the cylindrical shape of the protruding part 3121. Through the above arrangement, two adjacent inner joint units 311 in the inner joint 310 can relatively rotate around the axis of the protruding portion 3121 of the inner joint unit 311, thereby ensuring that the inner joint 310 can at least rotate in the first direction and the second direction. direction, and also ensures that when the internal joint 310 rotates after deflecting to a certain angle, each internal joint unit 311 can still rotate around its own axis to avoid affecting the deflection angle of the internal joint 310. The first direction and the second direction may be parallel to the line between the two protrusions 3121 (the angle between the two protrusions 3121 and the center of the inner joint unit connector 312 is 180°). .
在一些实施例中,内关节单元连接件312上可以开设有至少一个功能孔3123,至少一个功能孔3123可以供钢丝绳(或牵引索)或导线穿过,以与连接在内关节310远端的执行末端进行连接或电连接,从而控制执行末端执行相应的手术动作。例如,当执行末端为需要进行开合动作的钳式、剪式结构时,至少一根钢丝绳的一端可以与执行末端连接,另一端可以穿过至少一个功能孔3123从内关节310的近端穿出(进入内管331内),通过对至少一根钢丝绳的另一端进行牵拉则可以控制执行末端进行开合动作,以完成相应的手术动作(例如,对患者病灶部位的组织进行分离或将组织剪开)。又例如,当执行末端包括切丝时,导丝可以穿过至少一个功能孔3123与切丝电连接,通过向导丝通电可以对切丝进行加热,使得切丝能够对患者病灶部位的组织进行切割。In some embodiments, at least one functional hole 3123 can be opened on the internal joint unit connector 312. The at least one functional hole 3123 can allow a wire rope (or traction cable) or wire to pass through to connect with the distal end of the internal joint 310. The execution end is connected or electrically connected to control the execution end to perform corresponding surgical actions. For example, when the execution end is a clamp-type or scissor-type structure that requires opening and closing actions, one end of at least one wire rope can be connected to the execution end, and the other end can pass through at least one functional hole 3123 from the proximal end of the internal joint 310 out (entering the inner tube 331), and by pulling the other end of at least one wire rope, the opening and closing action of the execution end can be controlled to complete the corresponding surgical action (for example, to separate the tissue of the patient's lesion or to separate the tissue from the patient's lesion. tissue cutting). For another example, when the execution end includes wire cutting, the guide wire can pass through at least one functional hole 3123 and be electrically connected to the wire cutting. By energizing the guide wire, the wire cutting can be heated, so that the wire cutting can cut the tissue of the patient's lesion. .
在一些实施例中,如图11所示,内关节310还可以包括串联件313,串联件313沿内关节310的长度方向穿设在内关节310内。进一步地,结合图14所示,内关节单元连接件312的中心可以设置有串联孔3122,串联件313可以穿过各个内关节单元连接件312上串联孔3122以及各个内关节单元311的内腔将各个内关节单元311以及各个内关节单元连接件312串联装配在一起,以形成内关节310。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 11 , the internal joint 310 may further include a series member 313 , which passes through the internal joint 310 along the length direction of the internal joint 310 . Further, as shown in FIG. 14 , the center of the internal joint unit connector 312 may be provided with a series hole 3122 , and the series member 313 may pass through the series hole 3122 on each internal joint unit connector 312 and the inner cavity of each internal joint unit 311 Each inner joint unit 311 and each inner joint unit connecting piece 312 are assembled together in series to form an inner joint 310 .
需要说明的是,由于内关节310的远端和近端需要与其他部件连接,例如,内关节310的远端需要与执行末端连接,内关节310的近端需要与内管331连接,因此,执行末端和内管331也可以通过内关节单元连接件312与位于内关节310的远端和近端的内关节单元311连接。例如,如图11所示,内管331的一端可以通过内关节单元连接件312与位于内关节310近端的内关节单元311连接。具体地,内管331的一端上可以设置两个收纳部3311,两个收纳部3311相对设置,内关节单元连接件312中与内关节单元连接件312的中心的连线之间的夹角呈180°的两个突出部3121可以分别位于两个收纳部3311中。It should be noted that since the distal end and proximal end of the internal joint 310 need to be connected to other components, for example, the distal end of the internal joint 310 needs to be connected to the execution end, and the proximal end of the internal joint 310 needs to be connected to the inner tube 331, therefore, The execution end and the inner tube 331 can also be connected to the inner joint unit 311 located at the distal end and proximal end of the inner joint 310 through the inner joint unit connector 312 . For example, as shown in FIG. 11 , one end of the inner tube 331 can be connected to the inner joint unit 311 located at the proximal end of the inner joint 310 through the inner joint unit connector 312 . Specifically, two receiving portions 3311 may be provided on one end of the inner tube 331. The two receiving portions 3311 are disposed oppositely. The angle between the line connecting the inner joint unit connector 312 and the center of the inner joint unit connector 312 is The two protruding parts 3121 of 180° may be located in the two receiving parts 3311 respectively.
在一些实施例中,参见图12所示,外关节320可以包括至少两个串联的外关节单元321。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 12 , the outer joint 320 may include at least two outer joint units 321 connected in series.
图15是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的外关节单元的结构示意图。Figure 15 is a schematic structural diagram of an external joint unit according to some embodiments of this specification.
在一些实施例中,如图15所示,外关节单元321的两端分别设置有两个连接部3211。其中,位于同一端的两个连接部3211之间的连线与外关节单元321的径向方向平行,并且外关节单元321一端(例如,远端)的两个连接部3211之间的连线垂直于外关节单元321另一端(例如,近端)的两个连接部3211之间的连线。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 15 , two connecting portions 3211 are respectively provided at both ends of the outer joint unit 321 . Wherein, the connection line between the two connecting parts 3211 at the same end is parallel to the radial direction of the outer joint unit 321, and the connection line between the two connecting parts 3211 at one end (for example, the distal end) of the outer joint unit 321 is vertical. The connection between the two connecting portions 3211 at the other end (eg, the proximal end) of the outer joint unit 321.
在一些实施例中,结合图12所示,当外关节320中的相邻两个外关节单元3211连接时,其中一个外关节单元321一端(例如,近端)的两个连接部3211可以分别与另外一个外关节单元321的一端(例如,远端)的两个连接部3211连接。在一些实施例中,外关节单元321上的连接部3211可以为齿形结构,相邻两个外关节单元321的两个连接部3211之间可以通过齿形结构相互啮合进行连接,使得相邻两个外关节单元321之间能够相对转动,从而保证外关节320能够进行偏摆运动。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 12 , when two adjacent external joint units 3211 in the external joint 320 are connected, the two connecting portions 3211 at one end (for example, the proximal end) of one of the external joint units 321 can be respectively It is connected to two connecting parts 3211 at one end (for example, the distal end) of another outer joint unit 321 . In some embodiments, the connecting portion 3211 on the outer joint unit 321 can be a tooth-shaped structure, and the two connecting portions 3211 of two adjacent outer joint units 321 can be connected by meshing with each other, so that the adjacent outer joint units 321 can be connected by meshing with each other. The two outer joint units 321 can rotate relative to each other, thereby ensuring that the outer joint 320 can perform yaw motion.
需要说明的是,由于外关节320的远端和近端需要与其他部件连接,例如,外关节320的远端需要固定钢丝绳342的一端,外关节320的近端需要连接外管341,因此,属于外关节320远端和近端的外关节单元321可以仅在一端设置两个连接部3211。例如,如图12所示,外关节320远端的外关节单元321的远端可以不设置连接部3211,而设置了用于安装钢丝绳342的固定端子3421的安装槽3201。又例如,外关节320近端的外关节单元321的近端未设置有连接部3211,而设置成了卡接部3212与外管341的卡槽3411进行卡接。It should be noted that since the distal end and proximal end of the outer joint 320 need to be connected to other components, for example, the distal end of the outer joint 320 needs to be fixed with one end of the wire rope 342, and the proximal end of the outer joint 320 needs to be connected to the outer tube 341, therefore, The outer joint unit 321 belonging to the distal end and the proximal end of the outer joint 320 may be provided with two connecting parts 3211 at only one end. For example, as shown in FIG. 12 , the distal end of the outer joint unit 321 at the distal end of the outer joint 320 may not be provided with the connecting portion 3211 , but may be provided with an installation slot 3201 for installing the fixed terminal 3421 of the wire rope 342 . For another example, the proximal end of the outer joint unit 321 at the proximal end of the outer joint 320 is not provided with a connecting portion 3211, but is provided with a engaging portion 3212 to engage with the engaging groove 3411 of the outer tube 341.
在一些实施例中,继续参见图12所示,外关节320上还可以设置有刚性件322,刚性件322可以沿外关节320的长度方向穿设在外关节320上。进一步地,外关节单元321上设置有供刚性件322穿过的刚性件穿孔3213,刚性件322可以穿过各个外关节单元321上的刚性件穿孔3213穿设在外关节320上,以为外关节320提供一定刚度,保证外关节320能够具有较好的刚性,避免外关节320在偏转时出现S型扭转而无法达到想要的偏摆运动结果(例如,偏转方向或偏转角度等)。在一些实施例中,刚性件322可以采用具有一定弹性的形状记忆材料制成,以保证外关节320在偏转后,能够在刚性件322的弹力作用下,回复成原来形状(例如,直线)。在一些实施例中,刚性件的材料可以包括但不限于诸如不锈钢、镍钛合金、铁铂合金等的金属材料,诸如聚氨酯、聚烯烃、环氧树脂等的高分子材料以及形状记忆陶瓷材料等或其组合。在一些实施例中,穿设在外关节320上的刚性件322的数量可以为2~4个。优选地,穿设在外关节320上的刚性件322的数量可以为4个,对应地,设置在外关节单元321上的刚性件穿孔3213的数量可以为4个,其中,4个刚性件322关于外关节320的轴线对称布置,这样可以为外关节320提供更好的刚性,保证外关节320在偏转后能够更快、更好地回复至原来形状。在一些实施例中,内关节310上也可以设置与外关节320上的刚性件322类似的刚性件,以为内关节310提供一定刚度,使内关节310具有较好的刚性。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 12 , the outer joint 320 may also be provided with a rigid member 322 , and the rigid member 322 may be disposed on the outer joint 320 along the length direction of the outer joint 320 . Further, the outer joint unit 321 is provided with a rigid member through hole 3213 for the rigid member 322 to pass through. The rigid member 322 can pass through the rigid member through hole 3213 on each outer joint unit 321 and be disposed on the outer joint 320 to form the outer joint 320 Providing a certain stiffness ensures that the outer joint 320 has good rigidity and prevents the outer joint 320 from experiencing S-shaped torsion during deflection and failing to achieve the desired deflection motion result (for example, deflection direction or deflection angle, etc.). In some embodiments, the rigid member 322 can be made of a shape memory material with a certain elasticity to ensure that the outer joint 320 can return to its original shape (for example, a straight line) under the elastic force of the rigid member 322 after deflection. In some embodiments, the material of the rigid component may include, but is not limited to, metal materials such as stainless steel, nickel-titanium alloy, iron-platinum alloy, etc., polymer materials such as polyurethane, polyolefin, epoxy resin, etc., and shape memory ceramic materials. or combination thereof. In some embodiments, the number of rigid members 322 penetrating the outer joint 320 may be 2 to 4. Preferably, the number of rigid members 322 provided on the outer joint 320 may be 4. Correspondingly, the number of rigid member through holes 3213 provided on the outer joint unit 321 may be 4, wherein the 4 rigid members 322 are arranged on the outer joint unit 321 . The axes of the joints 320 are arranged symmetrically, which can provide better rigidity for the outer joint 320 and ensure that the outer joint 320 can return to its original shape faster and better after deflection. In some embodiments, a rigid member similar to the rigid member 322 on the outer joint 320 may also be provided on the inner joint 310 to provide a certain stiffness to the inner joint 310 so that the inner joint 310 has better rigidity.
通过在外关节320上设置刚性件322和/或内关节310内设置串联件313,能够提高外关节320和/或内关节310的刚性,从而提高关节运动组件300的刚性,避免关节运动组件300出现S型扭转现象,并且还能在关节运动组件300进行偏摆运动后,在刚性件322和/或串联件313的弹力作用下,使关节运动组件300回复成原来形状(轴线为直线)。By arranging the rigid member 322 on the outer joint 320 and/or the series member 313 in the inner joint 310, the rigidity of the outer joint 320 and/or the inner joint 310 can be improved, thereby increasing the rigidity of the joint movement component 300 and preventing the joint movement component 300 from appearing. S-shaped torsion phenomenon, and after the joint movement component 300 performs a yaw movement, the joint movement component 300 can be restored to its original shape (the axis is a straight line) under the elastic force of the rigid component 322 and/or the series component 313.
在一些实施例中,外关节单元321上设置有至少两个供钢丝绳342穿过的钢丝绳穿孔3214,钢丝绳342的两端可以穿过外关节单元321上的钢丝绳穿孔3214从外关节320的远端穿向外关节320的近端。In some embodiments, the external joint unit 321 is provided with at least two wire rope through holes 3214 for the wire rope 342 to pass through. Both ends of the wire rope 342 can pass through the wire rope through holes 3214 on the external joint unit 321 from the distal end of the external joint 320 Passing through the proximal end of the external joint 320.
在一些实施例中,内关节310和外关节320之间还可以设置有阻隔件(未在图中示出)。在一些实施例中,阻隔件可以套设在内关节310的外部。作为示例性说明,阻隔件可以包括一根由耐磨材料所制成的管状结构,该管可以套设在整个内关节310的外部。在一些实施例中,阻隔件可以包括多根由耐磨材料制成的管状结构,多根管状结构分别套设在内关节单元311的外部。在一些实施例中,阻隔件可以以涂层的形式设置在内关节310和外关节320之间。作为示例性说明,可以直接将耐磨材料涂敷在内关节单元311的外表面上。In some embodiments, a barrier (not shown in the figure) may also be disposed between the inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320 . In some embodiments, the barrier may be positioned on the outside of the internal joint 310 . As an example, the blocking member may include a tubular structure made of wear-resistant material, and the tube may be sleeved on the outside of the entire inner joint 310 . In some embodiments, the blocking member may include a plurality of tubular structures made of wear-resistant material, and the plurality of tubular structures are respectively sleeved on the outside of the inner joint unit 311 . In some embodiments, a barrier may be provided in the form of a coating between the inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320 . As an example, the wear-resistant material may be directly applied to the outer surface of the internal joint unit 311.
在一些实施例中,阻隔件可以包括耐磨材料,耐磨材料可以包括尼龙、聚四氟乙烯、聚乙烯等或其组合,这样不仅可以减小内关节310和外关节320之间的摩擦力,进一步保证内关节310可以相对于外关节320绕其自身轴线进行旋转运动,而不会带动外关节320一同进行旋转运动,还可以避免内关节310和外关节320直接接触在运动时产生磨损,提高关节运动组件300的使用寿命。In some embodiments, the barrier may include wear-resistant materials, and the wear-resistant materials may include nylon, polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, etc., or a combination thereof, which can not only reduce the friction between the inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320 , further ensuring that the inner joint 310 can rotate around its own axis relative to the outer joint 320 without driving the outer joint 320 to rotate together, and can also avoid direct contact between the inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320 to cause wear during movement. The service life of the joint motion component 300 is improved.
通过在外关节320和内关节310之间设置有阻隔件,不仅可以减少内关节310和外关节320之间的磨损,提高关节运动组件300的寿命,还能降低内关节310和外关节320之间的摩擦力,以进一步保证其中一个关节相对于另一个关节进行旋转运动时,另一个关节不会转动,更有利于实 现执行末端旋转运动和偏摆运动的解耦。By disposing a barrier between the outer joint 320 and the inner joint 310 , it can not only reduce the wear between the inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320 , increase the life of the joint motion component 300 , but also reduce the friction between the inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320 . The friction force further ensures that when one joint performs rotational motion relative to the other, the other joint will not rotate, which is more conducive to the decoupling of the terminal rotational motion and the yaw motion.
在一些实施例中,操控结构通过传动结构控制执行结构的偏转段(也就是内关节和外关节)偏转(也就是弯曲),从而控制远端执行器进行偏转。内外关节的设计可以使得偏转段能够具有多方向弯曲偏转的自由度,以及使得偏转段可以具有滚转的自由度,从而使偏转段能够配合远端执行器执行手术操作。在一些实施例中,偏转段可以由弯曲结构构成,也即是,弯曲结构可以作为偏转段的内关节或外关节。下面对于弯曲结构进行详细描述。In some embodiments, the control structure controls the deflection (ie, bending) of the deflection sections (ie, the inner joint and the outer joint) of the actuator structure through the transmission structure, thereby controlling the distal actuator to deflect. The design of the internal and external joints allows the deflection segment to have a degree of freedom for bending and deflecting in multiple directions, and allows the deflection segment to have a degree of freedom for rolling, so that the deflection segment can cooperate with the distal actuator to perform surgical operations. In some embodiments, the deflection segment may be composed of a curved structure, that is, the curved structure may serve as an inner joint or an outer joint of the deflection segment. The bending structure is described in detail below.
图16是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的弯曲结构的示例性结构示意图,图17是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的弯曲结构的示例性连接结构示意图,图18是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的支撑件与连接件的示例性连接结构示意图,图19是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的连接件的示例性结构示意图,图20是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的转动件的示例性结构示意图。参照图16、图17与图18,在一些实施例中,弯曲结构200可以包括多个支撑件210、多个连接件230与多个转动件250。连接件230连接在支撑件210上,且沿支撑件210的厚度方向(即图17与图18所示的MN方向)上,连接件230的两端分别从支撑件210的两侧面伸出,以便于连接件230对转动件250进行连接。例如,连接件230的两端可以分别如图17所示从支撑件210沿MN方向的两面伸出。在一些实施例中,支撑件210的厚度方向可以与弯曲结构200的轴线方向(也就是上文的偏转段的轴线方向)平行。请参照图18与图19,在一些实施例中,连接件230的两端可以均设置有连接结构232,连接件230可以通过连接结构232与转动件250转动相连。请参照图20,在一些实施例中,转动件250上可以设置有第五转轴252与第六转轴254,且第五转轴252与第六转轴254之间具有大于0°而小于或等于180°的夹角。在一些实施例中,第五转轴252与第六转轴254垂直。转动件250可以绕第五转轴252或第六转轴254转动,多个转动件250相互配合可以实现弯曲结构200的多角度偏转。例如,当第五转轴252与第六转轴254垂直时,弯曲结构200可以朝向正交的方向偏转。通过设置第五转轴252及第六转轴254与连接结构232的配合,可以实现弯曲结构200的弯曲功能,同时降低了弯曲结构200的结构复杂度,降低了第五转轴252或第六转轴254与连接结构232脱离的可能性。Figure 16 is an exemplary structural schematic diagram of a curved structure according to some embodiments of this specification. Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary connection structure of a curved structure according to some embodiments of this specification. Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary connection structure according to some embodiments of this specification. Figure 19 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary connection structure of a support member and a connecting member according to some embodiments of this specification. Figure 20 is a schematic diagram of a rotating member according to some embodiments of this specification. Schematic diagram of an exemplary structure. Referring to FIG. 16 , FIG. 17 and FIG. 18 , in some embodiments, the curved structure 200 may include a plurality of supporting members 210 , a plurality of connecting members 230 and a plurality of rotating members 250 . The connecting member 230 is connected to the supporting member 210, and along the thickness direction of the supporting member 210 (ie, the MN direction shown in Figures 17 and 18), the two ends of the connecting member 230 protrude from both sides of the supporting member 210 respectively. In order to facilitate the connecting member 230 to connect the rotating member 250. For example, both ends of the connecting member 230 may respectively protrude from both sides of the supporting member 210 along the MN direction as shown in FIG. 17 . In some embodiments, the thickness direction of the support member 210 may be parallel to the axial direction of the bending structure 200 (that is, the axial direction of the deflection section above). Please refer to FIGS. 18 and 19 . In some embodiments, connecting structures 232 may be provided at both ends of the connecting member 230 , and the connecting member 230 may be rotationally connected to the rotating member 250 through the connecting structures 232 . Please refer to Figure 20. In some embodiments, the rotating member 250 may be provided with a fifth rotating axis 252 and a sixth rotating axis 254, and the angle between the fifth rotating axis 252 and the sixth rotating axis 254 is greater than 0° and less than or equal to 180°. angle. In some embodiments, the fifth rotation axis 252 is perpendicular to the sixth rotation axis 254 . The rotating member 250 can rotate around the fifth rotating axis 252 or the sixth rotating axis 254. Multiple rotating members 250 cooperate with each other to achieve multi-angle deflection of the curved structure 200. For example, when the fifth rotation axis 252 is perpendicular to the sixth rotation axis 254 , the curved structure 200 may be deflected in an orthogonal direction. By arranging the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 to cooperate with the connecting structure 232, the bending function of the bending structure 200 can be realized, while the structural complexity of the bending structure 200 is reduced, and the connection between the fifth rotating shaft 252 or the sixth rotating shaft 254 and the connecting structure 232 are reduced. Possibility of detachment of connecting structure 232.
在一些实施例中,多个支撑件210与转动件250交错布置,且任意相邻两个支撑件210之间布置有一个转动件250,通过连接件230与转动件250的连接实现相邻的两个支撑件210之间的连接,从而实现弯曲结构200整体的连接。在一些实施例中,转动件250的第五转轴252与在前的支撑件210上的连接件230的连接结构232转动连接。在一些实施例中,转动件250的第六转轴254可以与在后的支撑件210上的连接件230的连接结构232转动连接。例如,对于位于弯曲结构200的首端和/或末端的转动件250而言,转动件250可以只有第五转轴252或第六转轴254与相邻的(例如在前的或在后的)支撑件210上的连接件230转动连接。又例如,对于位于弯曲结构200中部的转动件250,转动件250的第五转轴252可以与在前的支撑件210上的连接件230的连接结构232转动连接,且转动件250的第六转轴254可以与在后的支撑件210上的连接件230的连接结构232转动连接。In some embodiments, multiple support members 210 and rotating members 250 are arranged in a staggered manner, and a rotating member 250 is arranged between any two adjacent supporting members 210 . The adjacent rotating members 250 are connected through the connection between the connecting member 230 and the rotating member 250 . The connection between the two supports 210 realizes the overall connection of the curved structure 200 . In some embodiments, the fifth rotating shaft 252 of the rotating member 250 is rotationally connected to the connecting structure 232 of the connecting member 230 on the front supporting member 210 . In some embodiments, the sixth rotating shaft 254 of the rotating member 250 may be rotationally connected with the connecting structure 232 of the connecting member 230 on the rear supporting member 210 . For example, for the rotating member 250 located at the head end and/or the end of the curved structure 200, the rotating member 250 may only have the fifth rotating shaft 252 or the sixth rotating shaft 254 and adjacent (eg, front or rear) supports. The connecting piece 230 on the piece 210 is rotationally connected. For another example, for the rotating member 250 located in the middle of the curved structure 200, the fifth rotating axis 252 of the rotating member 250 can be rotationally connected with the connecting structure 232 of the connecting member 230 on the front support member 210, and the sixth rotating axis of the rotating member 250 254 can be rotationally connected with the connection structure 232 of the connection member 230 on the rear support member 210.
支撑件210主要起到骨架支撑的作用。通过转动件250与连接件230之间的转动连接,可以调整转动件250与支撑件210之间的角度,实现转动件250与支撑件210之间的偏转,进而实现弯曲结构200的偏转。The support member 210 mainly functions as a skeleton support. Through the rotational connection between the rotating member 250 and the connecting member 230, the angle between the rotating member 250 and the supporting member 210 can be adjusted to realize deflection between the rotating member 250 and the supporting member 210, thereby realizing the deflection of the curved structure 200.
在一些实施例中,支撑件210可以包括环状结构,如图18所示。环状结构的支撑件210一方面方便自身滚转,不易因棱角与周围物体产生碰撞发生卡顿,使得弯曲结构200的滚转更平滑。同时,环状结构的中空设置,还便于其他零部件的通过,例如手持式器械的相关线路、传动结构(例如,绳传动组件)等。In some embodiments, support 210 may include a ring-like structure, as shown in FIG. 18 . On the one hand, the annular structure support member 210 facilitates its own rolling and is less likely to get stuck due to collisions between edges and surrounding objects, making the rolling of the curved structure 200 smoother. At the same time, the hollow setting of the annular structure also facilitates the passage of other components, such as related lines of handheld instruments, transmission structures (for example, rope transmission components), etc.
在一些实施例中,连接件230可以连接于环状结构的内侧,以避免在弯曲结构200滚转时,连接件230与周围物体发生碰撞,影响弯曲结构200滚转的顺畅程度,提升弯曲结构200的使用安全度。In some embodiments, the connector 230 can be connected to the inside of the annular structure to prevent the connector 230 from colliding with surrounding objects when the curved structure 200 rolls, affecting the smoothness of the curved structure 200 rolling and improving the curved structure. 200 safe to use.
在一些实施例中,支撑件210与连接件230之间可以为可拆卸连接。可拆卸连接的设置,一方面便于弯曲结构200的组装,另一方面也使得连接件230与支撑件210可以拆卸,更换难度较低。当弯曲结构200的部分连接件230和/或支撑件210发生故障时,可以将对应的连接件230和/或支撑件210拆卸,并将新的连接件230和/或支撑件210安装,实现连接件230和/或支撑件210的更换。In some embodiments, the support member 210 and the connecting member 230 may be detachably connected. The arrangement of the detachable connection not only facilitates the assembly of the curved structure 200, but also makes the connecting member 230 and the supporting member 210 detachable, making replacement less difficult. When some connectors 230 and/or supports 210 of the curved structure 200 fail, the corresponding connectors 230 and/or supports 210 can be disassembled, and new connectors 230 and/or supports 210 can be installed. Replacement of connector 230 and/or support 210 .
在一些实施例中,支撑件210的内侧上沿图17及图18中所示的MN方向延伸有通槽212,连接件230能够卡入并固定在通槽212内,从而实现连接件230与支撑件210的卡接。在一些实施 例中,通槽212的开口宽度可以与连接件230的宽度相同或大致相同,以使连接件230可以卡接在通槽212内实现固定。In some embodiments, a through groove 212 extends along the MN direction shown in Figures 17 and 18 on the inner side of the support member 210, and the connecting member 230 can be snapped into and fixed in the through groove 212, thereby realizing the connection between the connecting member 230 and Snap-on of support 210 . In some embodiments, the opening width of the through slot 212 can be the same or substantially the same as the width of the connecting piece 230, so that the connecting piece 230 can be snapped into the through slot 212 to achieve fixation.
在另一些实施例中,支撑件210与连接件230之间还可以采用其他的可拆卸连接方式,例如榫卯结构、螺钉连接、磁性连接、粘接等。In other embodiments, other detachable connection methods may be used between the support member 210 and the connecting member 230, such as mortise and tenon structure, screw connection, magnetic connection, adhesive bonding, etc.
在一些实施例中,一个支撑件210上可以设置有两个连接件230。在一些实施例中,两个连接件230可以分别关于支撑件210的中心线呈对称分布。两个连接件230的一端可以分别连接在前的转动件250的第五转轴252的两端,和/或,两个连接件230的另一端可以分别连接在后的转动件250的第六转轴254的两端。两个连接件230可以为第五转轴252和/或第六转轴254提供支点,实现第五转轴252和/或第六转轴254的固定,使得转动件250可以绕第五转轴252和/或第六转轴254转动,从而实现弯曲结构200的偏转。In some embodiments, one support member 210 may be provided with two connecting members 230 . In some embodiments, the two connecting members 230 may be symmetrically distributed about the center line of the supporting member 210 respectively. One end of the two connecting members 230 can be connected to both ends of the fifth rotating shaft 252 of the front rotating member 250 respectively, and/or the other ends of the two connecting members 230 can be connected to the sixth rotating shaft of the rear rotating member 250 respectively. 254 on both ends. The two connecting members 230 can provide a fulcrum for the fifth rotating shaft 252 and/or the sixth rotating shaft 254 to achieve the fixation of the fifth rotating shaft 252 and/or the sixth rotating shaft 254, so that the rotating member 250 can rotate around the fifth rotating axis 252 and/or the sixth rotating shaft 254. The six rotating shafts 254 rotate to realize the deflection of the curved structure 200 .
连接件230主要用于连接支撑件210与转动件250。在一些实施例中,沿连接件230的长度方向上(即沿支撑件210和/或转动件250的厚度方向上,图17、图18所示的MN方向),连接件230可以依次设有第一厚度段234、第二厚度段236和第三厚度段238。在一些实施例中,第一厚度段234和第三厚度段238的厚度可以均大于第二厚度段236的厚度,第二厚度段236可以卡入通槽212内。当第二厚度段236与通槽212的底部抵接时,厚度较大的第一厚度段234和第三厚度段238可以分别卡在支撑件210上通槽212对应的沿XY方向的两侧面上。因此,第二厚度段236的长度可以与支撑件210的厚度相同或大致相同,从而在MN方向上实现连接件230与通槽212的卡接。在一些实施例中,连接件230的两端上的连接结构232可以分别位于第一厚度段234和第三厚度段238上。The connecting member 230 is mainly used to connect the supporting member 210 and the rotating member 250 . In some embodiments, along the length direction of the connecting member 230 (that is, along the thickness direction of the supporting member 210 and/or the rotating member 250, the MN direction shown in FIGS. 17 and 18 ), the connecting member 230 may be provided with First thickness section 234, second thickness section 236, and third thickness section 238. In some embodiments, the thickness of the first thickness section 234 and the third thickness section 238 may both be greater than the thickness of the second thickness section 236 , and the second thickness section 236 may be snapped into the through groove 212 . When the second thickness section 236 is in contact with the bottom of the through slot 212, the first thickness section 234 and the third thickness section 238 with larger thickness can be respectively stuck on the two side surfaces of the support member 210 corresponding to the through slot 212 along the XY direction. superior. Therefore, the length of the second thickness section 236 may be the same or substantially the same as the thickness of the support member 210, thereby achieving the engagement of the connecting member 230 and the through slot 212 in the MN direction. In some embodiments, the connecting structures 232 on both ends of the connecting member 230 may be located on the first thickness section 234 and the third thickness section 238 respectively.
请参照图18与图19,在一些实施例中,设置于连接件230的两端的连接结构232可以包括优弧形凹槽。优弧形凹槽可以理解为:垂直于槽的轴向的截面的形状是优弧形(即大于180°的弧形)的槽。第五转轴252和第六转轴254可以设于优弧形凹槽内,且第五转轴252与第六转轴254能够在优弧形凹槽内顺畅地转动,以实现转动件250与连接件230的转动连接。此外,优弧形凹槽还能够有效防止第五转轴252和第六转轴254脱出,从而保证连接结构232与第五转轴252和第六转轴254的稳定连接,同时还能降低转动件250与连接件230的安装难度。通过优弧形凹槽与第五转轴252和/或第六转轴254的配合,实现连接件230与转动件250的转动连接。在一些实施例中,垂直于槽的轴向的截面的优弧形的弧度可以为190°~250°。在一些实施例中,垂直于槽的轴向的截面的优弧形的弧度可以为200°~240°。在一些实施例中,垂直于槽的轴向的截面的优弧形的弧度可以为210°~230°。Referring to FIGS. 18 and 19 , in some embodiments, the connection structures 232 provided at both ends of the connector 230 may include superior arc-shaped grooves. A superior arc-shaped groove can be understood as a groove whose cross-sectional shape perpendicular to the axial direction of the groove is a superior arc shape (that is, an arc shape greater than 180°). The fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 can be disposed in the arcuate groove, and the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 can rotate smoothly in the arcuate groove to realize the rotation member 250 and the connecting member 230 rotating connection. In addition, the excellent arc-shaped groove can also effectively prevent the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 from coming out, thereby ensuring a stable connection between the connecting structure 232 and the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254, and at the same time, it can also reduce the connection between the rotating member 250 and the connection Part 230 is difficult to install. Through the cooperation between the arc-shaped groove and the fifth rotating shaft 252 and/or the sixth rotating shaft 254 , the rotational connection between the connecting piece 230 and the rotating piece 250 is achieved. In some embodiments, the arc of the cross-section perpendicular to the axial direction of the groove may be 190°˜250°. In some embodiments, the arc of the cross-section perpendicular to the axial direction of the groove may be 200°˜240°. In some embodiments, the arc of the cross-section perpendicular to the axial direction of the groove may be 210°˜230°.
在一些实施例中,第五转轴252与和第六转轴254的直径可以与连接结构232的优弧形凹槽的直径相匹配(例如,第五转轴252与和第六转轴254的直径可以与优弧形凹槽的直径相同或大致相同,或第五转轴252与和第六转轴254的直径可以略微小于优弧形凹槽的直径等),第五转轴252与第六转轴254的外表面可以与优弧形凹槽的内表面相贴合。In some embodiments, the diameters of the fifth and sixth rotating shafts 252 and 254 may match the diameter of the arc-shaped groove of the connecting structure 232 (for example, the diameters of the fifth and sixth rotating shafts 252 and 254 may match The diameters of the excellent arc-shaped grooves are the same or substantially the same, or the diameters of the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 can be slightly smaller than the diameters of the excellent arc-shaped grooves, etc.), the outer surfaces of the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 It can fit the inner surface of the excellent arc groove.
在一些实施例中,第五转轴252的侧面及第六转轴254的侧面可以包括沿周向依次连接的第一弧面、第一平面、第二弧面、第二平面。其中第一平面与第二平面之间的距离a(如图20所示)可以与转动件250的厚度相同。在另一些实施例中,第一平面与第二平面之间的距离a也可以大于或小于转动件250的厚度,只要第五转轴252与第六转轴254可以与连接件230稳定转动连接即可。In some embodiments, the side surfaces of the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 may include a first arc surface, a first plane, a second arc surface, and a second plane connected in sequence along the circumferential direction. The distance a between the first plane and the second plane (as shown in FIG. 20 ) may be the same as the thickness of the rotating member 250 . In other embodiments, the distance a between the first plane and the second plane may be greater or less than the thickness of the rotating member 250 , as long as the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 can be stably connected to the connecting member 230 for rotation. .
在一些实施例中,第一平面与第二平面之间的距离a(如图20所示)可以略小于优弧形凹槽的两端口之间的距离b(如图19所示),以使得第五转轴252和第六转轴254可以方便地装入优弧形凹槽内。第一弧面与第二弧面可以与优弧形凹槽的内表面相贴合,从而使得第五转轴252与第六转轴254在安装进入连接结构232的优弧形凹槽后,第五转轴252与第六转轴254可以在优弧形凹槽内转动,且第五转轴252与第六转轴254不易从优弧形凹槽内脱落。通过优弧形凹槽和转轴(包括第五转轴252和第六转轴254)的结构设计,使得弯曲结构200的组装非常方便、快捷且组装完成后连接结构稳定。在一些实施例中,第一平面与第二平面之间的距离可以略小于优弧形凹槽的两端口之间的距离,第一弧面与第二弧面对应的直径可以与优弧形凹槽的直径基本相同。In some embodiments, the distance a between the first plane and the second plane (as shown in Figure 20) may be slightly smaller than the distance b between the two ports of the superior arc-shaped groove (as shown in Figure 19), so that Therefore, the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 can be easily installed into the excellent arc-shaped groove. The first arc surface and the second arc surface can fit with the inner surface of the arc-shaped groove, so that after the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 are installed into the arc-shaped groove of the connecting structure 232, the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 The rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 can rotate in the arcuate groove, and the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 are not easy to fall off from the arcuate groove. Through the structural design of the excellent arc-shaped grooves and rotating shafts (including the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 ), the assembly of the curved structure 200 is very convenient and fast, and the connection structure is stable after the assembly is completed. In some embodiments, the distance between the first plane and the second plane may be slightly smaller than the distance between the two ports of the superior arc-shaped groove, and the diameters corresponding to the first arc surface and the second arc surface may be the same as the diameter of the superior arc surface. The diameters of the grooves are basically the same.
图21-图23是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的弯曲结构的示例性装配过程示意图。请参照图21-图23,在一些实施例中,由于优弧形凹槽对应的弧度角度大于180°,因此优弧形凹槽的开口大小小于优弧形凹槽对应的直径,即优弧形凹槽的开口大小小于第五转轴252及第六转轴254的第一弧面与第二弧面之间的最远距离(即第一弧面与第二弧面对应的直径)。为了使第五转轴252或第六转轴254能够方便地卡入连接结构232的优弧形凹槽,在一些实施例中,在转动件250的厚 度方向与连接件230的长度方向(例如图21所示的MN方向)相互垂直的情况下(如图21所示),第五转轴252或第六转轴254可以刚好进入连接件230一端的优弧形凹槽。第五转轴252与第六转轴254进入优弧形凹槽后,将转动件250转动(如图22所示),此时由于优弧形凹槽的开口大小小于第一弧面与第二弧面对应的直径,第五转轴252或第六转轴254无法从优弧形凹槽的开口处脱出,从而使得弯曲结构200在弯曲过程中,各部件仍然能够保持连接紧密不脱落,提升了弯曲结构200的使用稳定性。在一些实施例中,连接件230的另一端的连接结构232与另一转动件250的连接过程(如图22与图23所示)可以参照上述过程,在此不再赘述。21-23 are schematic diagrams of an exemplary assembly process of a curved structure according to some embodiments of this specification. Please refer to Figures 21 to 23. In some embodiments, since the arc angle corresponding to the excellent arc groove is greater than 180°, the opening size of the excellent arc groove is smaller than the corresponding diameter of the excellent arc groove, that is, the excellent arc groove The opening size of the shaped groove is smaller than the farthest distance between the first arc surface and the second arc surface of the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 (ie, the diameter corresponding to the first arc surface and the second arc surface). In order to enable the fifth rotating shaft 252 or the sixth rotating shaft 254 to easily snap into the excellent arc groove of the connecting structure 232, in some embodiments, the thickness direction of the rotating member 250 and the length direction of the connecting member 230 (for example, FIG. 21 When the MN directions shown) are perpendicular to each other (as shown in FIG. 21 ), the fifth rotating shaft 252 or the sixth rotating shaft 254 can just enter the excellent arc-shaped groove at one end of the connecting member 230 . After the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 enter the superior arc groove, the rotating member 250 is rotated (as shown in Figure 22). At this time, since the opening size of the superior arc groove is smaller than the first arc surface and the second arc surface, Faced with the corresponding diameter, the fifth rotating shaft 252 or the sixth rotating shaft 254 cannot come out from the opening of the excellent arc-shaped groove, so that during the bending process of the bending structure 200, the components can still be tightly connected and not fall off, which improves the bending structure. 200 usage stability. In some embodiments, the connection process between the connecting structure 232 at the other end of the connecting member 230 and the other rotating member 250 (as shown in FIGS. 22 and 23 ) can refer to the above process, which will not be described again.
在一些实施例中,连接结构232还可以包括安装孔。第五转轴252和第六转轴254可以伸入安装孔内,第五转轴252和第六转轴254可以沿着安装孔的轴向转动。在一些实施例中,第五转轴252与安装孔之间和/或第六转轴144与安装孔之间可以设有弹性圈(如橡胶圈),弹性圈可以使得第五转轴252和/或第六转轴144与安装孔稳定连接而又能够在安装孔中转动。在另一些实施例中,第五转轴252与安装孔之间和/或第六转轴144与安装孔之间可以设有轴承。In some embodiments, the connection structure 232 may also include mounting holes. The fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 can extend into the mounting hole, and the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 can rotate along the axial direction of the mounting hole. In some embodiments, an elastic ring (such as a rubber ring) may be provided between the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the mounting hole and/or between the sixth rotating shaft 144 and the mounting hole. The elastic ring may cause the fifth rotating shaft 252 and/or the The six rotating shafts 144 are stably connected to the mounting holes and can rotate in the mounting holes. In other embodiments, bearings may be provided between the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the mounting hole and/or between the sixth rotating shaft 144 and the mounting hole.
多个转动件250相互配合转动可以实现弯曲结构200的多方向偏转。请参照图20,在一些实施例中,转动件250可以呈柱状,第五转轴252和第六转轴254可以均设于转动件250的侧表面,第五转轴252的两端及第六转轴254的两端可以分别从转动件250的侧表面伸出。在一些实施例中,第五转轴252与第六转轴254的相交点可以位于转动件250的中心,以使转动件250在转动时能够维持平衡,不易晃产生动,提升弯曲结构200的工作稳定性。The plurality of rotating members 250 rotate in cooperation with each other to achieve multi-directional deflection of the curved structure 200 . Please refer to FIG. 20 . In some embodiments, the rotating member 250 may be cylindrical. The fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 may both be disposed on the side surface of the rotating member 250 . Both ends of the fifth rotating shaft 252 and the sixth rotating shaft 254 Both ends of can respectively protrude from the side surface of the rotating member 250. In some embodiments, the intersection point of the fifth rotating axis 252 and the sixth rotating axis 254 can be located at the center of the rotating member 250 so that the rotating member 250 can maintain balance during rotation and is less likely to shake, thus improving the working stability of the curved structure 200 sex.
在一些实施例中,对于单个转动件250,第五转轴252的至少一端可以连接在在前的连接件230上(例如,当一个支撑件210上设置有两个连接件230,可以是第五转轴252的两端分别连接在在前的一个支撑件210上的两个连接件230上)。或者,第六转轴254的至少一端(如两端)可以分别连接在在后的连接件230上(例如,当一个支撑件210上设置有两个连接件230,可以是第六转轴252的两端分别连接在在后的一个支撑件210上的两个连接件230上)。上述连接方式可以实现弯曲结构200的连接。In some embodiments, for a single rotating member 250, at least one end of the fifth rotating shaft 252 may be connected to the previous connecting member 230 (for example, when two connecting members 230 are provided on one support member 210, the fifth rotating shaft 252 may be Both ends of the rotating shaft 252 are respectively connected to the two connecting members 230 on the previous supporting member 210). Alternatively, at least one end (such as both ends) of the sixth rotating shaft 254 can be connected to the rear connecting member 230 respectively (for example, when two connecting members 230 are provided on one support member 210, it can be two connecting members 230 of the sixth rotating shaft 252. The ends are respectively connected to the two connecting parts 230 on the rear supporting part 210). The above connection method can realize the connection of the curved structure 200 .
在一些实施例中,第五转轴252和第六转轴254之间的夹角范围可以为大于0°而小于或等于180°。第五转轴252与第六转轴254之间的夹角设置,使得多个转动件250分别绕第五转轴252或第六转轴254转动时,弯曲结构200可以多方向、多角度的弯曲偏转,提升了弯曲结构200的灵活度。在一些实施例中,第五转轴252与第六转轴254之间的夹角可以为90°,如图20所示。在另一些实施例中,第五转轴252与第六转轴254之间的夹角可以为60°、75°、210°等多种角度。In some embodiments, the included angle range between the fifth rotation axis 252 and the sixth rotation axis 254 may be greater than 0° and less than or equal to 180°. The included angle between the fifth rotating axis 252 and the sixth rotating axis 254 is set such that when the plurality of rotating members 250 rotate around the fifth rotating axis 252 or the sixth rotating axis 254 respectively, the bending structure 200 can bend and deflect in multiple directions and angles, thereby improving the The flexibility of the curved structure 200 is improved. In some embodiments, the angle between the fifth rotation axis 252 and the sixth rotation axis 254 may be 90°, as shown in FIG. 20 . In other embodiments, the included angle between the fifth rotating axis 252 and the sixth rotating axis 254 may be 60°, 75°, 210° and other angles.
请参照图20,在一些实施例中,转动件250还可以设置有通孔256,通孔256沿转动件250的厚度方向贯穿转动件250。通孔256可以用于为其他零部件提供通过通道及安装位置。示例性地,当弯曲结构200应用于手持式器械的外关节时,通孔256可以用于使传动结构(例如牵引索等)通过。当弯曲结构200应用于手持式器械的内关节时,通孔256可以用于使信号线、电源线、执行部等通过,转动件250可以对这些信号线、电源线、执行部等进行保护。在一些实施例中,通孔256的数量可以是多个,不同的通孔256可以具有不同的大小,以使得手持式器械上的不同类别的线和执行部可以分别穿过不同的通孔256。Referring to FIG. 20 , in some embodiments, the rotating member 250 may also be provided with a through hole 256 , and the through hole 256 penetrates the rotating member 250 along the thickness direction of the rotating member 250 . The through holes 256 can be used to provide passages and mounting locations for other components. For example, when the curved structure 200 is applied to an outer joint of a handheld instrument, the through hole 256 may be used to allow a transmission structure (eg, a traction cable, etc.) to pass through. When the curved structure 200 is applied to the internal joint of a handheld instrument, the through hole 256 can be used to allow signal lines, power lines, execution parts, etc. to pass through, and the rotating member 250 can protect these signal lines, power lines, execution parts, etc. In some embodiments, the number of through holes 256 may be multiple, and different through holes 256 may have different sizes, so that different types of wires and execution parts on the handheld instrument can pass through different through holes 256 respectively. .
为了避免转动件250转动角度过大发生损坏,在一些实施例中,弯曲结构200还可以设置有限位结构。在一些实施例中,限位结构可以是可拆卸的。因此,在弯曲结构200的组装过程中,可以先将转动件250安装至连接件230,再进行限位结构的安装,从而在不阻碍转动件250安装的情况下发挥限制作用。示例性的,限位结构可以是限位螺钉,限位螺钉可以安装于连接件230。当转动件250转动至与连接件230上的限位螺钉抵接时,转动件250达到预设的最大转动角度,无法继续沿原方向转动,实现限位效果。In order to prevent the rotating member 250 from being damaged due to an excessive rotation angle, in some embodiments, the bending structure 200 may also be provided with a limiting structure. In some embodiments, the limiting structure may be detachable. Therefore, during the assembly process of the curved structure 200, the rotating member 250 can be installed to the connecting member 230 first, and then the limiting structure can be installed, so as to exert the restricting effect without hindering the installation of the rotating member 250. For example, the limiting structure may be a limiting screw, and the limiting screw may be installed on the connector 230 . When the rotating member 250 rotates to contact the limiting screw on the connecting member 230, the rotating member 250 reaches the preset maximum rotation angle and cannot continue to rotate in the original direction, thereby achieving the limiting effect.
在一些实施例中,限位结构也可以包括设置于支撑件210的限位凸起,限位凸起可以设置于支撑件210沿XY方向上的一个侧面或两个侧面。在一些实施例中,限位凸起的数量可以是一个或两个及以上的多个。当转动件250转动至预设角度时,支撑件210上的限位凸起可以与相邻的支撑件210或相邻支撑件210上的限位凸起抵接,从而使得转动件250无法继续沿原方向转动,实现限位效果。In some embodiments, the limiting structure may also include limiting protrusions provided on the support member 210 , and the limiting protrusions may be provided on one or both sides of the support member 210 along the XY direction. In some embodiments, the number of limiting protrusions may be one or two or more. When the rotating member 250 rotates to a preset angle, the limiting protrusion on the supporting member 210 can contact the adjacent supporting member 210 or the limiting protrusion on the adjacent supporting member 210 , so that the rotating member 250 cannot continue. Rotate in the original direction to achieve the limiting effect.
需要说明的是,在一些实施例中,内关节310和外关节320的结构形式可以有多种组合形式。例如,内关节310可以是如图16所示的结构、弹簧管、万向节链节(例如,类似图10示出的外关节320的结构)、蛇骨等,外关节320也可以是如图16所示的结构、弹簧管、万向节链节(例如,类似图10示出的外关节320的结构)、蛇骨等。关节运动组件300可以是具有相同类型或不同 类型结构的上述内关节310和上述外关节320组合而成的运动组件。It should be noted that in some embodiments, the structural forms of the inner joint 310 and the outer joint 320 may have multiple combinations. For example, the inner joint 310 can be a structure as shown in Figure 16, a spring tube, a universal joint link (for example, a structure similar to the outer joint 320 shown in Figure 10), a snake bone, etc., and the outer joint 320 can also be as follows The structure shown in Figure 16, spring tube, universal joint link (for example, a structure similar to the outer joint 320 shown in Figure 10), snake bone, etc. The joint motion assembly 300 may be a motion assembly composed of the above-mentioned inner joint 310 and the above-mentioned outer joint 320 having the same type or different types of structures.
上文已对基本概念做了描述,显然,对于本领域技术人员来说,上述详细披露仅仅作为示例,而并不构成对本申请的限定。虽然此处并没有明确说明,本领域技术人员可能会对本申请进行各种修改、改进和修正。该类修改、改进和修正在本申请中被建议,所以该类修改、改进、修正仍属于本申请示范实施例的精神和范围。The basic concepts have been described above. It is obvious to those skilled in the art that the above detailed disclosure is only an example and does not constitute a limitation of the present application. Although not explicitly stated herein, those skilled in the art may make various modifications, improvements, and corrections to this application. Such modifications, improvements and corrections are suggested in this application, so such modifications, improvements and corrections still fall within the spirit and scope of the exemplary embodiments of this application.
同时,本申请使用了特定词语来描述本申请的实施例。如“一个实施例”、“一实施例”、和/或“一些实施例”意指与本申请至少一个实施例相关的某一特征、结构或特点。因此,应强调并注意的是,本说明书中在不同位置两次或多次提及的“一实施例”或“一个实施例”或“一个替代性实施例”并不一定是指同一实施例。此外,本申请的一个或多个实施例中的某些特征、结构或特点可以进行适当的组合。At the same time, this application uses specific words to describe the embodiments of the application. For example, "one embodiment", "an embodiment", and/or "some embodiments" means a certain feature, structure or characteristic related to at least one embodiment of the present application. Therefore, it should be emphasized and noted that “one embodiment” or “an embodiment” or “an alternative embodiment” mentioned twice or more at different places in this specification does not necessarily refer to the same embodiment. . In addition, certain features, structures or characteristics in one or more embodiments of the present application may be appropriately combined.
此外,本领域技术人员可以理解,本申请的各方面可以通过若干具有可专利性的种类或情况进行说明和描述,包括任何新的和有用的工序、机器、产品或物质的组合,或对他们的任何新的和有用的改进。相应地,本申请的各个方面可以完全由硬件执行、可以完全由软件(包括固件、常驻软件、微码等)执行、也可以由硬件和软件组合执行。以上硬件或软件均可被称为“数据块”、“模块”、“引擎”、“单元”、“组件”或“系统”。此外,本申请的各方面可能表现为位于一个或多个计算机可读介质中的计算机产品,该产品包括计算机可读程序编码。Furthermore, those skilled in the art will appreciate that aspects of the present application may be illustrated and described in several patentable categories or circumstances, including any new and useful process, machine, product, or combination of matter, or combination thereof. any new and useful improvements. Accordingly, various aspects of the present application may be executed entirely by hardware, may be entirely executed by software (including firmware, resident software, microcode, etc.), or may be executed by a combination of hardware and software. The above hardware or software may be referred to as "data block", "module", "engine", "unit", "component" or "system". Additionally, aspects of the present application may be embodied as a computer product including computer-readable program code located on one or more computer-readable media.
此外,除非权利要求中明确说明,本申请所述处理元素和序列的顺序、数字字母的使用、或其他名称的使用,并非用于限定本申请流程和方法的顺序。尽管上述披露中通过各种示例讨论了一些目前认为有用的发明实施例,但应当理解的是,该类细节仅起到说明的目的,附加的权利要求并不仅限于披露的实施例,相反,权利要求旨在覆盖所有符合本申请实施例实质和范围的修正和等价组合。例如,虽然以上所描述的系统组件可以通过硬件设备实现,但是也可以只通过软件的解决方案得以实现,如在现有的处理设备或移动设备上安装所描述的系统。In addition, unless explicitly stated in the claims, the order of the processing elements and sequences described in this application, the use of numbers and letters, or the use of other names are not used to limit the order of the processes and methods of this application. Although the foregoing disclosure discusses by various examples some embodiments of the invention that are presently considered useful, it is to be understood that such details are for purposes of illustration only and that the appended claims are not limited to the disclosed embodiments. To the contrary, rights The claims are intended to cover all modifications and equivalent combinations consistent with the spirit and scope of the embodiments of the application. For example, although the system components described above can be implemented by hardware devices, they can also be implemented by software-only solutions, such as installing the described system on existing processing equipment or mobile devices.
同理,应当注意的是,为了简化本申请披露的表述,从而帮助对一个或多个发明实施例的理解,前文对本申请实施例的描述中,有时会将多种特征归并至一个实施例、附图或对其的描述中。但是,这种披露方法并不意味着本申请对象所需要的特征比权利要求中提及的特征多。实际上,实施例的特征要少于上述披露的单个实施例的全部特征。Similarly, it should be noted that in order to simplify the presentation of the disclosure of the present application and thereby facilitate understanding of one or more embodiments of the invention, in the foregoing description of the embodiments of the present application, multiple features are sometimes combined into one embodiment. accompanying drawings or descriptions thereof. However, this method of disclosure does not imply that the subject matter of the application requires more features than are mentioned in the claims. In fact, embodiments may have less than all features of a single disclosed embodiment.
一些实施例中使用了描述成分、属性数量的数字,应当理解的是,此类用于实施例描述的数字,在一些示例中使用了修饰词“大约”、“近似”或“大体上”来修饰。除非另外说明,“大约”、“近似”或“大体上”表明所述数字允许有±20%的变化。相应地,在一些实施例中,说明书和权利要求中使用的数值参数均为近似值,该近似值根据个别实施例所需特点可以发生改变。在一些实施例中,数值参数应考虑规定的有效数位并采用一般位数保留的方法。尽管本申请一些实施例中用于确认其范围广度的数值域和参数为近似值,在具体实施例中,此类数值的设定在可行范围内尽可能精确。In some embodiments, numbers are used to describe the quantities of components and properties. It should be understood that such numbers used to describe the embodiments are modified by the modifiers "about", "approximately" or "substantially" in some examples. Grooming. Unless otherwise stated, "about," "approximately," or "substantially" means that the stated number is allowed to vary by ±20%. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the numerical parameters used in the specification and claims are approximations that may vary depending on the desired features of the individual embodiment. In some embodiments, numerical parameters should account for the specified number of significant digits and use general digit preservation methods. Although the numerical fields and parameters used to confirm the breadth of the ranges in some embodiments of the present application are approximations, in specific embodiments, such numerical values are set as accurately as feasible.
针对本申请引用的每个专利、专利申请、专利申请公开物和其他材料,如文章、书籍、说明书、出版物、文档等,特此将其全部内容并入本申请作为参考。与本申请内容不一致或产生冲突的申请历史文件除外,对本申请权利要求最广范围有限制的文件(当前或之后附加于本申请中的)也除外。需要说明的是,如果本申请附属材料中的描述、定义、和/或术语的使用与本申请所述内容有不一致或冲突的地方,以本申请的描述、定义和/或术语的使用为准。Each patent, patent application, patent application publication, and other material, such as articles, books, specifications, publications, documents, etc. cited in this application is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Application history documents that are inconsistent with or conflict with the content of this application are excluded, as are documents (currently or later appended to this application) that limit the broadest scope of the claims of this application. It should be noted that if there is any inconsistency or conflict between the descriptions, definitions, and/or use of terms in the accompanying materials of this application and the content described in this application, the description, definitions, and/or use of terms in this application shall prevail. .
最后,应当理解的是,本申请中所述实施例仅用以说明本申请实施例的原则。其他的变形也可能属于本申请的范围。因此,作为示例而非限制,本申请实施例的替代配置可视为与本申请的教导一致。相应地,本申请的实施例不仅限于本申请明确介绍和描述的实施例。Finally, it should be understood that the embodiments described in this application are only used to illustrate the principles of the embodiments of this application. Other variations are possible within the scope of this application. Accordingly, by way of example and not limitation, alternative configurations of the embodiments of the present application may be considered consistent with the teachings of the present application. Accordingly, embodiments of the present application are not limited to those expressly introduced and described herein.

Claims (38)

  1. 一种手持式器械,包括操控结构、框架和执行结构;所述操控结构通过所述框架连接所述执行结构;所述操控结构包括传动结构和操控手柄,所述操控手柄与所述执行结构通过所述传动结构传动连接。A handheld instrument, including a control structure, a frame and an execution structure; the control structure is connected to the execution structure through the frame; the control structure includes a transmission structure and a control handle, and the control handle and the execution structure pass through The transmission structure is transmission connected.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的手持式器械,其中,所述框架包括附接件,所述附接件与所述操控手柄通过所述传动结构相连。The handheld instrument according to claim 1, wherein the frame includes an attachment member connected to the control handle through the transmission structure.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的手持式器械,其中,所述附接件包括开口结构。The handheld instrument of claim 2, wherein the attachment includes an open structure.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的手持式器械,其中,所述开口结构为拱形开口结构。The handheld instrument according to claim 3, wherein the opening structure is an arched opening structure.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的手持式器械,其中,所述拱形开口结构包括C型结构或U型结构。The handheld instrument according to claim 4, wherein the arched opening structure includes a C-shaped structure or a U-shaped structure.
  6. 根据权利要求3所述的手持式器械,其中,所述附接件上设有气囊、柔性腕带和刚性可弯曲腕带中的至少一种。The handheld instrument according to claim 3, wherein the attachment is provided with at least one of an air bag, a flexible wrist strap and a rigid bendable wrist strap.
  7. 根据权利要求3所述的手持式器械,其中,所述附接件包括第一夹持部、第二夹持部和距离调节机构,所述第一夹持部和所述第二夹持部用于夹持手腕,所述距离调节机构用于调节所述第一夹持部与所述第二夹持部之间的间距。The handheld instrument of claim 3, wherein the attachment includes a first clamping portion, a second clamping portion and a distance adjustment mechanism, the first clamping portion and the second clamping portion It is used to clamp the wrist, and the distance adjustment mechanism is used to adjust the distance between the first clamping part and the second clamping part.
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的手持式器械,其中,所述框架包括快换组件,实现所述操控结构与所述执行结构可拆卸连接。The handheld instrument according to claim 1, wherein the frame includes a quick-change assembly to realize detachable connection between the control structure and the execution structure.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的手持式器械,其中,所述快换组件包括可拆卸连接的动力部和驱动部,所述动力部与所述操控结构连接,所述驱动部与所述执行结构连接。The handheld instrument according to claim 8, wherein the quick-change assembly includes a detachably connected power part and a driving part, the power part is connected to the control structure, and the driving part is connected to the execution structure. .
  10. 根据权利要求2所述的手持式器械,其中,所述传动结构包括运动解析组件和运动传递组件,所述运动解析组件连接于所述操控手柄与所述框架之间,所述运动传递组件至少部分穿过所述框架与所述执行结构连接;所述运动解析组件用于将所述操控手柄的操作解析为控制运动传递给所述运动传递组件,所述运动传递组件将所述控制运动传递到所述执行结构,从而控制所述执行结构的运动。The handheld instrument according to claim 2, wherein the transmission structure includes a motion analysis component and a motion transmission component, the motion analysis component is connected between the control handle and the frame, and the motion transmission component at least Part of it passes through the frame and is connected to the execution structure; the movement analysis component is used to analyze the operation of the control handle into a control movement and transmit it to the movement transmission component, and the movement transmission component transmits the control movement to the execution structure, thereby controlling the movement of the execution structure.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的手持式器械,其中,所述运动解析组件包括并联解析机构。10. The handheld instrument of claim 10, wherein the motion resolution assembly includes a parallel resolution mechanism.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的手持式器械,其中,所述并联解析结构包括两个链带,所述链带的一端通过所述附接件与所述运动传递组件连接,所述链带的另一端与所述操控手柄连接,所述操控手柄的控制操作通过所述链带转换传递到所述附接件,并通过所述运动传递组件传递给所述执行结构。The handheld instrument according to claim 11, wherein the parallel analytical structure includes two chain belts, one end of the chain belt is connected to the motion transmission assembly through the attachment piece, and the other end of the chain belt One end is connected to the control handle, and the control operation of the control handle is transmitted to the attachment through the chain belt conversion, and is transmitted to the execution structure through the motion transmission assembly.
  13. 根据权利要求10所述的手持式器械,其中,所述运动解析组件包括串联解析机构。10. The handheld instrument of claim 10, wherein the motion resolution assembly includes a series resolution mechanism.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的手持器械,其中,所述串联解析机构包括偏转部,所述偏转部与所述框架转动连接。The handheld instrument according to claim 13, wherein the series resolution mechanism includes a deflection portion, the deflection portion is rotationally connected to the frame.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的手持式器械,其中,所述操控手柄与所述偏转部通过第一转轴转动连接,且所述第一转轴与所述执行结构通过所述运动传递组件传动连接,将所述操控手柄相对所述偏转部的转动转换为所述执行结构的至少部分在第一方向上的偏转。The handheld instrument according to claim 14, wherein the control handle and the deflection part are rotationally connected through a first rotating shaft, and the first rotating shaft and the execution structure are drivingly connected through the motion transmission component, so as to The rotation of the control handle relative to the deflection part is converted into a deflection of at least part of the execution structure in the first direction.
  16. 根据权利要求14所述的手持式器械,其中,所述偏转部通过第二转轴与所述框架转动连接,且所述第二转轴与所述执行结构通过所述运动传递组件传动连接,将所述偏转部相对所述框架 的转动转换为所述执行结构的至少部分在第二方向上的偏转,所述第一方向与所述第二方向之间具有大于0°而小于180°的夹角。The handheld instrument according to claim 14, wherein the deflection part is rotatably connected to the frame through a second rotating shaft, and the second rotating shaft and the execution structure are drivingly connected through the motion transmission assembly to connect the The rotation of the deflection part relative to the frame is converted into at least part of the deflection of the execution structure in the second direction, and there is an included angle between the first direction and the second direction that is greater than 0° and less than 180°. .
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的手持式器械,其中,所述第一转轴所在的第一轴线与所述第二转轴所在的第二轴线垂直且相交,所述执行结构的轴线偏离所述第一轴线与所述第二轴线的交点。The handheld instrument according to claim 16, wherein the first axis where the first rotating axis is located is perpendicular to and intersects with the second axis where the second rotating axis is located, and the axis of the actuating structure is offset from the first axis. intersection with the second axis.
  18. 根据权利要求1所述的手持式器械,其中,所述执行结构包括偏转段、远端执行器和杆状结构,所述杆状结构的一端与所述偏转段的一端连接,所述杆状结构的另一端与所述框架连接,所述远端执行器与所述偏转段的另一端连接;The handheld instrument according to claim 1, wherein the execution structure includes a deflection segment, a distal effector and a rod-shaped structure, one end of the rod-shaped structure is connected to one end of the deflection segment, the rod-shaped The other end of the structure is connected to the frame, and the remote effector is connected to the other end of the deflection section;
    所述偏转段为柔性偏转关节。The deflection section is a flexible deflection joint.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的手持式器械,其中,所述操控结构还包括扳机,所述扳机通过第四转轴与所述操控手柄转动连接,所述远端执行器包括第一执行部和第二执行部,所述第一执行部的至少部分和所述第二执行部的至少部分相对开合实现所述远端执行器的剪切和夹持操作,所述第四转轴与所述第一执行部和/或所述第二执行部传动连接,将所述扳机相对所述操控手柄的转动转换为所述第一执行部的至少部分和所述第二执行部的至少部分相对开合。The handheld instrument according to claim 18, wherein the control structure further includes a trigger, the trigger is rotationally connected to the control handle through a fourth rotating shaft, and the distal effector includes a first execution part and a second Execution part, at least part of the first execution part and at least part of the second execution part are relatively opened and closed to realize the shearing and clamping operations of the distal effector, and the fourth rotating shaft is connected with the first The execution part and/or the second execution part are transmission connected, converting the rotation of the trigger relative to the control handle into relative opening and closing of at least part of the first execution part and at least part of the second execution part.
  20. 根据权利要求1所述的手持式器械,其中,所述执行结构包括弯曲结构,所述弯曲结构包括多个支撑件、多个连接件与多个转动件,所述支撑件上连接有所述连接件,所述连接件的两端分别沿所述支撑件的厚度方向从所述支撑件的两侧面伸出,且所述连接件的两端均设置有连接结构,所述转动件上设置有第五转轴和第六转轴;所述第五转轴和所述第六转轴之间具有大于0°而小于或等于180°的夹角;The handheld instrument according to claim 1, wherein the execution structure includes a curved structure, the curved structure includes a plurality of supports, a plurality of connectors and a plurality of rotating members, and the supports are connected to the Connecting piece, the two ends of the connecting piece respectively protrude from both sides of the supporting piece along the thickness direction of the supporting piece, and both ends of the connecting piece are provided with connecting structures, and the rotating piece is provided with There is a fifth rotating axis and a sixth rotating axis; the included angle between the fifth rotating axis and the sixth rotating axis is greater than 0° and less than or equal to 180°;
    多个所述支撑件与所述转动件交错布置,任意相邻两个所述支撑件之间布置有一个所述转动件;所述转动件的第五转轴与在前的所述支撑件上的所述连接件的所述连接结构转动连接,和/或,所述转动件的第六转轴与在后的所述支撑件上的所述连接件的所述连接结构转动连接。A plurality of the supporting members and the rotating member are arranged staggeredly, and one rotating member is arranged between any two adjacent supporting members; the fifth rotating shaft of the rotating member is connected to the previous supporting member. The connecting structure of the connecting member is rotationally connected, and/or the sixth rotating shaft of the rotating member is rotationally connected to the connecting structure of the connecting member on the rear supporting member.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的手持式器械,其中,所述连接结构包括优弧形凹槽,所述第五转轴和所述第六转轴的侧面沿周向包括依次连接的第一弧面、第一平面、第二弧面、第二平面,所述第五转轴和所述第六转轴能够设于所述优弧形凹槽内,所述第一平面与所述第二平面之间的距离小于所述优弧形凹槽的两端口之间的距离,所述第一弧面和所述第二弧面与所述优弧形凹槽的内表面贴合。The handheld instrument according to claim 20, wherein the connection structure includes an excellent arc-shaped groove, and the side surfaces of the fifth rotating axis and the sixth rotating axis include a first arc surface, a third arc surface, and a first arc surface connected in sequence along the circumferential direction. A flat surface, a second arc surface, and a second flat surface. The fifth rotating axis and the sixth rotating axis can be disposed in the excellent arc-shaped groove. The distance between the first flat surface and the second flat surface The distance between the two ports of the excellent arc-shaped groove is less than the distance between the two ports of the excellent arc-shaped groove, and the first arc surface and the second arc surface fit with the inner surface of the excellent arc-shaped groove.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的手持式器械,其中,所述转动件呈柱状,所述第五转轴和所述第六转轴均设于所述转动件的侧表面上,所述第一平面与所述第二平面之间的距离与所述转动件的厚度相同。The handheld instrument according to claim 21, wherein the rotating member is cylindrical, the fifth rotating shaft and the sixth rotating shaft are both disposed on side surfaces of the rotating member, and the first plane is in contact with the The distance between the second planes is the same as the thickness of the rotating member.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的手持式器械,其中,所述支撑件上设有两个所述连接件;The handheld instrument according to claim 22, wherein the support member is provided with two connecting members;
    所述第五转轴的两端分别连接在两个所述连接件上;Both ends of the fifth rotating shaft are respectively connected to the two connecting pieces;
    或者,所述第六转轴的两端分别连接在两个所述连接件上。Alternatively, both ends of the sixth rotating shaft are respectively connected to the two connecting pieces.
  24. 根据权利要求20所述的手持式器械,其中,所述连接件与所述支撑件可拆卸连接。The handheld instrument of claim 20, wherein the connecting member is detachably connected to the support member.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的手持式器械,其中,所述支撑件包括环状结构,所述连接件连接在所述环状结构的内侧。The handheld instrument of claim 24, wherein the support member includes an annular structure, and the connecting member is connected inside the annular structure.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的手持式器械,其中,所述支撑件的内侧上沿所述支撑件的厚度方向延伸有通槽,所述连接件能够卡入并固定在所述通槽内。The handheld instrument according to claim 25, wherein a through groove extends along the thickness direction of the support member on the inner side of the support member, and the connecting member can be snapped into and fixed in the through groove.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的手持式器械,其中,所述连接件沿所述连接件的长度方向依次设有第一厚度段、第二厚度段和第三厚度段,所述第一厚度段和所述第三厚度段的厚度均大于所述第二厚度段的厚度;The handheld instrument according to claim 26, wherein the connecting piece is provided with a first thickness section, a second thickness section and a third thickness section in sequence along the length direction of the connecting piece, and the first thickness section and The thickness of the third thickness section is greater than the thickness of the second thickness section;
    所述第二厚度段卡入所述通槽内,所述第一厚度段和所述第三厚度段分别卡在所述支撑件沿所 述支撑件的厚度方向的两侧面上。The second thickness section is clamped into the through groove, and the first thickness section and the third thickness section are respectively clamped on both sides of the support member along the thickness direction of the support member.
  28. 根据权利要求20所述的手持式器械,其中,所述转动件设置有通孔,所述通孔沿所述转动件的厚度方向贯穿所述转动件。The handheld instrument according to claim 20, wherein the rotating member is provided with a through hole, and the through hole penetrates the rotating member along a thickness direction of the rotating member.
  29. 根据权利要求1所述的手持式器械,其中,所述执行结构包括关节运动组件,所述关节运动组件包括内关节和外关节,所述外关节套设在所述内关节外。The handheld instrument according to claim 1, wherein the execution structure includes an articulation assembly, the articulation assembly includes an inner joint and an outer joint, and the outer joint is sleeved outside the inner joint.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的手持式器械,其中,所述操控手柄上具有滚转操控组件,所述滚转操控组件用于使所述内关节相对所述外关节绕所述内关节的轴线转动。The handheld instrument according to claim 29, wherein the control handle is provided with a rolling control assembly, and the rolling control assembly is used to rotate the inner joint relative to the outer joint around the axis of the inner joint. .
  31. 根据权利要求29所述的手持式器械,其中,所述内关节和所述外关节中的其中一个连接有旋转件,另一个上设有偏摆机构;The handheld instrument according to claim 29, wherein one of the inner joint and the outer joint is connected with a rotating member, and the other is provided with a deflection mechanism;
    所述内关节和所述外关节中与所述旋转件连接的关节能够在所述旋转件的带动下绕自身轴线相对于设有所述偏摆机构的关节进行滚转运动;The joints connected to the rotating member among the inner joint and the outer joint can roll around their own axis under the driving of the rotating member relative to the joint provided with the deflection mechanism;
    所述设有所述偏摆机构的关节能够在所述偏摆机构的带动下进行偏摆运动,并带动与所述旋转件连接的关节进行偏转运动。The joint provided with the deflection mechanism can perform a deflection movement driven by the deflection mechanism, and drive the joint connected to the rotating member to perform a deflection movement.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的手持式器械,其中,所述内关节连接有所述旋转件,所述外关节上设有所述偏摆机构。The handheld instrument according to claim 31, wherein the inner joint is connected with the rotating member, and the outer joint is provided with the deflection mechanism.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的手持式器械,其中,所述旋转件包括内管,所述偏摆机构包括外管和钢丝绳;其中,所述外管套设在所述内管外,所述内管能够被驱动以相对所述外管绕自身轴线进行滚转运动。The handheld instrument according to claim 32, wherein the rotating member includes an inner tube, and the deflection mechanism includes an outer tube and a steel wire; wherein the outer tube is sleeved outside the inner tube, and the inner tube The tube can be driven into a rolling movement about its own axis relative to the outer tube.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的手持式器械,其中,所述内关节的近端与所述内管的远端连接,所述外关节的近端与所述外管的远端连接;所述钢丝绳的一端固定在所述外关节的远端,所述钢丝绳的另一端从所述外关节的远端穿向所述外管的近端。The handheld instrument according to claim 33, wherein the proximal end of the inner joint is connected to the distal end of the inner tube, and the proximal end of the outer joint is connected to the distal end of the outer tube; the steel wire rope One end of the wire rope is fixed at the distal end of the outer joint, and the other end of the steel wire passes from the distal end of the outer joint to the proximal end of the outer tube.
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的手持式器械,其中,所述内关节的远端和所述外关节的远端之间设有轴承连接件。The handheld instrument of claim 34, wherein a bearing connection is provided between the distal end of the inner joint and the distal end of the outer joint.
  36. 根据权利要求31~34任一项所述的手持式器械,其中,所述内关节和所述外关节之间设置有阻隔件,所述阻隔件包括耐磨材料。The handheld instrument according to any one of claims 31 to 34, wherein a barrier member is provided between the inner joint and the outer joint, and the barrier member includes a wear-resistant material.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的手持式器械,其中,所述阻隔件呈管状结构,并套设在所述内关节的外部。The handheld instrument according to claim 36, wherein the blocking member has a tubular structure and is sleeved on the outside of the inner joint.
  38. 根据权利要求34所述的手持式器械,其中,所述外关节上设置有刚性件,所述刚性件沿所述外关节的长度方向穿设在所述外关节上。The handheld instrument according to claim 34, wherein a rigid member is provided on the outer joint, and the rigid member is disposed on the outer joint along the length direction of the outer joint.
PCT/CN2022/144022 2022-08-19 2022-12-30 Handheld instrument WO2024036872A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202211001531.3 2022-08-19
CN202211001531.3A CN117628045A (en) 2022-08-19 2022-08-19 Bending structure and medical instrument
CN202211011347.7A CN117653333A (en) 2022-08-23 2022-08-23 Joint motion assembly and surgical instrument
CN202211011347.7 2022-08-23
CN202211070433.5 2022-09-02
CN202211070433.5A CN117679175A (en) 2022-09-02 2022-09-02 End effector and surgical instrument
CN202211588340.1 2022-12-12
CN202211588340.1A CN117643503A (en) 2022-09-02 2022-12-12 Hand-held instrument

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024036872A1 true WO2024036872A1 (en) 2024-02-22

Family

ID=89940521

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/144022 WO2024036872A1 (en) 2022-08-19 2022-12-30 Handheld instrument

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024036872A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20170095236A1 (en) * 2015-10-02 2017-04-06 Deepak Sharma Handle mechanism providing unlimited roll
CN108013906A (en) * 2017-12-01 2018-05-11 微创(上海)医疗机器人有限公司 Snakelike operating theater instruments
CN109009262A (en) * 2018-08-17 2018-12-18 微创(上海)医疗机器人有限公司 Operation auxiliary fixing device and snakelike surgical instrument for snakelike surgical instrument
CN109009329A (en) * 2018-06-11 2018-12-18 微创(上海)医疗机器人有限公司 Snakelike surgical instrument
WO2022042177A1 (en) * 2020-08-26 2022-03-03 上海微创医疗机器人(集团)股份有限公司 Surgical instrument and surgical instrument platform

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20170095236A1 (en) * 2015-10-02 2017-04-06 Deepak Sharma Handle mechanism providing unlimited roll
CN108013906A (en) * 2017-12-01 2018-05-11 微创(上海)医疗机器人有限公司 Snakelike operating theater instruments
CN109009329A (en) * 2018-06-11 2018-12-18 微创(上海)医疗机器人有限公司 Snakelike surgical instrument
CN109009262A (en) * 2018-08-17 2018-12-18 微创(上海)医疗机器人有限公司 Operation auxiliary fixing device and snakelike surgical instrument for snakelike surgical instrument
WO2022042177A1 (en) * 2020-08-26 2022-03-03 上海微创医疗机器人(集团)股份有限公司 Surgical instrument and surgical instrument platform

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20210106348A1 (en) Surgical instrument with increased actuation force
CN107708597B (en) Robot for operation
EP4205694A1 (en) Surgical instrument and surgical instrument platform
JP6364013B2 (en) Self-conflict drive for medical devices
US10150220B2 (en) Manipulator control method, manipulator, and manipulator system
JP5883343B2 (en) Medical manipulator
US20180370045A1 (en) Surgical robot
US20180214220A1 (en) Surgical robot
US20200170729A1 (en) Medical treatment tool and surgical system
JP2001309920A (en) Forceps and manipulator using the same
WO2018174228A1 (en) Medical instrument
EP3321046B1 (en) Turning device and medical instrument
US11324560B2 (en) Surgical instrument
WO2024036872A1 (en) Handheld instrument
US20130079711A1 (en) Endoscope manipulation adapter
US20190216296A1 (en) Medical instrument and surgical system
KR20170125174A (en) Robot apparatus for minimally invasive surgery
CN116492054A (en) Wrist of surgical instrument
CN219422963U (en) Hand-held instrument
CN112603392A (en) Surgical instrument
EP3733109A1 (en) Surgical instrument, attached device, medical treatment tool, surgical robot, and remote surgery system
CN112075962B (en) Medical handheld device
US11369442B2 (en) Surgical system
WO2021255877A1 (en) Long medical device
CN114305591A (en) Pincers end effector assembly and pincers surgical operation instrument

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22955639

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1